 Regulation 2011 1
B. E. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
(Minimum credits to be earned: 193)
First Semester
Objectives & Outcomes
Code No.
11O101
11O102
11O103
Course
PEOs
Engineering Mathematics I*
POs
Engineering Chemistry
3.5
(a)
3.0
Engineering Physics
(a)
(a)
3.0
II
(g)
3.0
(a), (b)
4.0
11A106
Language Elective I
Basics of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering+
Basics of Aeronautical Engineering
(a)
3.0
11A107
C Programming
(a)
3.5
(a)
1.0
(a)
1.0
21
25.0
11O205
11O108
11O109
Total
Second Semester
Code No.
11O201
11O202
Course
Environmental Science
PEOs
POs
(a)
3.5
(a)
3.0
II
(g)
3.5
11A204
(a)
3.0
11A205
Engineering Mechanics
I, IV
(a), (j)
3.5
11A206
I, V
(a), (j)
3.5
11A207
IV, V
(j)
3.0
(a)
3.0
I, II, III
(a), (h)
1.0
23
27.0
11O208
Engineering Graphics
11A209
Workshop Practice
Total
+
#
$
Third Semester
Code No.
Course
POs
11O301
(a)
3.5
11A302
Solid Mechanics
I, II, III
(a), (b)
3.5
11A303
I, III
(a), (b)
3.5
11A304
I, III,
3.0
11A305
Control Engineering
I, II, III,V
3.5
11A306
Aircraft Materials
Strength of Materials Laboratory
I, III
(a), (b)
3.0
I, II
(c)
1.5
I, II
(c)
1.5
I, II
(c)
1.5
18
24.5
11A307
11A308
11A309
Total
Fourth Semester
Code No.
Course
POs
11A401
Numerical Methods
(a)
3.5
11A402
Aerodynamics I
I, IV
3.0
11A403
Mechanics of Machines
II
(a)
3.5
11A404
Manufacturing Technology
(a)
3.0
11A405
Aircraft Structures I
I, II, III
3.5
11A406
Heat Transfer
I, II, V
(a), (b)
3.5
11A407
1.5
11A408
I, III, V
1.5
11A409
Aerodynamics Laboratory
I,II,III,V
(c)
(c), (d), (e),
(f)
(c), (e)
1.5
18
24.5
Total
Fifth Semester
Code No.
Course
11A501
I, II, V
11A502
I, II, V
11A503
Aircraft Structures II
Aerothermodynamics and Gas
Dynamics
I, IV
Propulsion I
I, II,V
11A504
11A505
I, IV
POs
(b), (c), (f),
(j)
(a), (c), (j)
(b), (c), (k)
(a), (b), (c),
(k)
(e), (f), (g),
(h)
Elective I
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
PEOs
3.0
11A507
I, II, III
1.5
11A508
I, II, III
1.5
11A509
I,II,V
1.5
11A510
Technical Seminar I
I, II, III
(g), (h)
1.0
25.5
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
1.5
1.0
23.5
Total
Sixth Semester
Code No.
Course
11A601
11A602
Propulsion II
11A603
Vibrations
Aircraft General Engineering and
Maintenance Practices
Elective II
11A604
11A606
Flight Dynamics
I, II, IV
11A607
I, II, III, V
11A608
Propulsion Laboratory
I, II, III, V
11A609
Technical Seminar II
I, II, III
(g), (h)
Total
Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of LTP hours
may vary depending upon the electives offered.
Seventh Semester
Code No.
11O701
Course
POs
I, II
(a), (b)
3.0
I, II, III, V
(e), (f)
3.0
11A703
Engineering Economics*
Aircraft Electrical and Avionic
Systems
Composite Materials and Structures
I, III, V
3.0
11A704
I, II, IV
2.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
3.0
23.0
IV
2.0
3.0
3.0
12.0
20.0
11A702
Elective III
Elective IV
11A707
I, III, IV
11A708
Avionics Laboratory
I, II, III, V
I, II, III
11A709
Eight Semester
Code No.
11O801
Course
Professional Ethics*
(i)
Elective V
Elective VI
11A804
I, II, III
Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of LTP hours
may vary depending upon the electives offered.
Course
Language Elective I
11O10B
Basic English I
II
(g)
3.0
11O10C
Communicative English
II
(g)
3.0
Language Elective II
11O20B
Basic English II
II
(g)
3.5
11O20C
II
(g)
3.5
11O20G
II
(g)
3.5
11O20J
Japanese
II
(g)
3.5
11O20F
French
II
(g)
3.5
11O20H
Hindi
II
(g)
3.5
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES
Aircraft Structures Electives
11A001
Theory of Elasticity
I, III, IV
(b), (j)
3.0
11A002
I, III, IV
(b), (c)
3.0
11A003
I, III, IV
3.0
11A004
11A025
11A028
I, III, IV
I, III, IV
I, III,IV,V
(e), (d)
(b), (c), (e)
(a), (b), (d)
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.0
3.0
3.0
I, III,V,VI
(f), (e)
3.0
11A006
I,III,V, VI
(d), (f)
3.0
I, III, V
(d), (e)
3.0
11A008
Space Mechanics
Introduction to V/STOL and Ground
Effect Machines
Rockets and Missiles
I,III,V, VI
(b), (d)
3.0
11A009
Industrial Aerodynamics
I,III,V, VI
(c), (e)
3.0
11A023
11A024
11A026
11A027
11A029
Introduction to Combustion
Cryogenics
Hypersonic Aerodynamics
Wind Power Engineering
Experimental Aerodynamics
I,III,V, VI
I,III,V, VI
(b), (d)
(b), (d)
3
3
0
0
0
0
3.0
3.0
I,III,V, VI
I, III,V,VI
I, III,V,VI
(b), (c)
(b), (e)
(b), (c)
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.0
3.0
3.0
11A007
I, III, IV
(d), (e)
3.0
11A011
I, III, IV
(a)
3.0
I, III, IV
(e), (j)
3.0
I, III, IV
(e), (k)
3.0
I, III, IV
(j)
3.0
I, III, IV
(i), (j)
3.0
11A012
11A013
11A014
11A015
11A022
I, II, III, V
(b), (c)
3.0
11A030
(a),(b), (f)
3.0
I, II, IV,V
3.0
I, II, IV,V
3.0
I, II, IV,V
3.0
I, II, IV,V
I, II, IV,V
I, II, IV,V
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.0
3.0
3.0
ENTREPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES
11O001
11O002
Entrepreneurship Development I$
Entrepreneurship Development II
$$
MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES
Organizational Behaviour and
11A018
Management
11A019
Total Quality Management
11A020
Creativity and Innovation
11A021
Crisis Management in Aircraft Industry
PHYSICS ELECTIVES
11O0PA
I, VI
(a)
3.0
11O0PB
Laser Technology
I, VI
(a)
3.0
ElectroOptic Materials
Vacuum Science and Deposition
11O0PD
Techniques
11O0PE
Semiconducting materials and Devices
CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES
I, VI
(a)
3.0
I,VI
(a)
3.0
I,VI
(a)
3.0
11O0YA
11O0YB
11O0YC
11O0YD
I,VI
I,VI
I,VI
I,VI
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
3
3
0
0
0
0
3.0
3.0
3
3
0
0
0
0
3.0
3.0
11O0PC
I,V,VI
(a)
1.0
11A0XB
I,V,VI
1.0
11A0XC
Lean Manufacturing
I,V,VI
(j), (k)
1.0
11A0XD
I,V,VI
(a),(c),(j)
1.0
11A0XE
(a),(c),(j)
1.0
$
$$
SPECIAL COURSES
Gas Turbine Heat Transfer and Cooling
11A0RA
Technology
11A0RB
Aircraft Design Approach
11A0RC
Reentry Aerothermodynamics
I,V,VI
I,V,VI
I,V,VI
3.0
3
3
0
0
0
0
3.0
3.0
Engineering Mathematics
(i)
11AE02
Aerodynamics
(i)
11AE03
(i)
11AE04
(i)
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
2.
To improve problem evaluation technique.
3.
Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.
Assessment Pattern
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
End Semester
Examination
20
40
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
Remember
1 State Cayley Hamilton theorem.
2 Define eigen value and eigen vector of a matrix.
3. Write the definition of convergence and divergence of a series.
4. State the necessary and sufficient condition for the differential equation to be exact.
5. Write the Radius of curvature in cartesian coordinates.
6. Define evolute, centre of curvature and Circle of curvature.
7. Write the Leibneitzs form of linear equation in x and y.
8. Write the general form of Eulers and Legendre linear differential equations.
9. Define Convolution of two functions on Laplace transform.
10. State the existence conditions for Laplace transform.
Understand
2
5
1
1
3
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
4. Solve cos2 x
dy
+ y = tan x
dx
1
by means of an orthogonal transformation
1
1
3
1
1
2. Find the inverse of the matrix A = 4
3
2
2
3 3.4 3.4.5
+
+
+ .....
4 4.6 4.6.8
1
.
( s + 1 )( s + 2 )
5. Use method of variation of parameters , to solve (D2+4)y = tan 2x
1+ n
dy
=1
dx
dy
y = e 2 x ( x + 1) 2
9. Use Leibnitzs linear equation to solve ( x + 1)
dx
8. Use Bernoullis equation to solve xy ( 1 + xy2 )
e t (sin
t
3t )
dt
Analyze / Evaluate
2
1. Reduce the quadratic form 8x 1 +7x 2 +3x 3 12x 1 x 2 8x 2 x 3 +4x 3 x 1 to canonical form by orthogonal
transformation and find the rank, signature, index and the nature.
2
2. Reduce 3x + 5y + 3z  2yz + 2zx  2xy to its canonical form through an orthogonal transformation
and find the rank, signature, index and the nature.
3. Find the evolute of the cycloid : x = a( +sin ) ; y = a(1  cos ).
a a
x + y = at ,
4 4
1
2
3
+
+
+ ...
5. Discuss the convergence of the series
3.4.5 4.5.6 5.6.7
4. Find the circle of curvature of
1
1
2
6. Verify CayleyHamilton theorem for the matrix A=
. Hence find its inverse.
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
7. Using the method of variation of parameters, solve (D + a ) y = tan ax.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 10
1
.
x2
9. Find the envelope of the straight line x + y = 1 , here a and b are connected by the relation a2 + b2 = c2
a
10. Find the Laplace transform of the following functions (i) (t + 2t2)2
(ii) sin2 2t
Unit I
Matrices
Characteristic equation  eigen values and eigen vectors of a real matrix  properties of eigen values CayleyHamilton theorem Reduction of a real matrix to a diagonal form Orthogonal matrices Quadratic
form Reduction of a quadratic form to a canonical form by orthogonal transformationapplication to
engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Series and Differential Calculus
Series Convergences and divergence Comparison test Ratio test  Curvature in Cartesian CoordinatesCentre and radius of curvature  Circle of curvature Evolutes Envelopes application to engineering
problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Differential Equation of First Order
Linear differential equation of first orderexactintegrating factor Eulers equationBernoullismodelingapplication to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Differential Equations of Higher Order
Linear differential equations of second and higher order with constant and variable coefficients  Cauchys
and Legendres linear differential equations  method of variation of parameters application of engineering
problems.
9 Hours
Unit V
Laplace Transforms
Laplace Transform conditions for existence(statement only) Transforms of standard functions properties
(statement only)  Transforms of derivatives and integrals  Initial and Final value theorems (statement only)
 Periodic functions  Inverse transforms  Convolution theorems(statement only)  Applications of Laplace
transforms for solving the ordinary differential equations up to second order with constant coefficientsapplication to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. B S Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications , New Delhi 2000 .
2. K A Lakshminarayanan, K.Megalai, P.Geetha and D.Jayanthi, Mathematics for Engineers,
Volume I, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.
References
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics, Volume I, S.
Chand and Co., New Delhi2009.
2. T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi
2008.
3. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc,
Singapore, 2008.
4. C. Ray Wylie and C. Louis Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGrawHill
Publishing Company Ltd, 2003.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 11
Assessment Pattern
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test
II
Model
Examination
25
25
20
20
10
100
25
25
20
20
10
100
20
25
20
20
15
100
End
Semester
Examination
20
25
20
20
15
100
Remember
1.
Give the classifications of sound.
2.
Write a note on loudness.
3.
Define decibel.
4.
What is meant by reverberation time?
5.
Define magnetostriction effect.
6.
Give the classification of crystals.
7.
Define Miller indices.
8.
Define lattice and unit cells.
9.
Mention the applications of Xray diffraction.
10. Write a short note on air wedge.
11. List the applications of air wedge method.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 12
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Understand
1. How WeberFechner law is formulated?
2. Explain the characteristics of loudness.
3. Elucidate the significance of timber.
4. How the magnetostriction effect is utilized in the production of ultrasonic waves?
5. What is the importance of reverberation time in the construction of building?
6. Give the importance of lattice and lattice planes in a crystal.
7. How do you measure the dspacing?
8. How do you calculate the packing factor of BCC structure?
9. How air wedge is used in determining the flatness of a thin plate?
10. Give the importance of optical pumping in the production of LASER.
11. What are the various steps involved in holography?
12. How can you derive the acceptance angle in fiber?
13. Why the wave function is called as probability density?
14. Why the wave function is finite inside the potential well?
15. Why the particle is not escaping through the walls of the well?
16. How ceramic materials are prepared by slip casting technique?
17. What are the advantages of nano materials?
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Analyze/ Evaluate
1. Compare magnetostriction and piezoelectric method in the production of ultrasonic waves.
2. Differentiate musical sound and noises.
3. Compare the packing factor of BCC, FCC and HCP structures.
4. Distinguish between photography and holography.
5. Compare slip casting and isostatic pressing.
Unit I
Acoustics and Ultrasonics
Acoustics: Classification of sound characteristics of musical sound loudness Weber Fechner law
decibel absorption coefficient reverberation reverberation time Sabines formula (growth & decay).
Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies. Ultrasonics: Ultrasonic production
magnetostriction  piezo electric methods. Applications: Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves
(acoustic grating)  SONAR.
The phenomenon of cavitation.
9 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 13
Unit II
Crystallography
Crystal Physics: Lattice unit cell Bravais lattices lattice planes Miller indices d spacing in cubic
lattice calculation of number of atoms per unit cell atomic radius coordination number packing factor
for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures  Xray Diffraction: Laues method powder crystal method.
Crystal defects.
9 Hours
Unit III
Waveoptics
Interference: Air wedge theory uses testing of flat surfaces thickness of a thin wire. LASER: Types
of lasers Nd YAG laser CO2 laser semiconductor laser (homojunction). Applications: Holography
construction reconstruction uses. Fiber Optics: Principle of light transmission through fiber  expression
for acceptance angle and numerical aperture  types of optical fibers (refractive Index profile, mode) fiber
optic communication system (block diagram only)
Laser gas sensors .
9 Hours
Unit IV
Modern Physics
Quantum Physics: Development of quantum theory de Broglie wavelength Schrdingers wave equation
time dependent time independent wave equations physical significance applications particle in a
box (1d). Xrays: Scattering of Xrays Compton Effect theory and experimental verification.
Degenerate and non degenerate.
9 Hours
Unit V
New Engineering Materials
Metallic glasses: Manufacturing properties uses. Shape Memory Alloys: Working principle shape
memory effect applications. Nanomaterials: Preparation method sol gel technique mechanical
magnetic characteristics uses. Ceramics: Manufacturing methods slip casting isostatic pressing
thermal and electrical properties  uses.
Carbon nano tubes and applications.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. V. Rajendran, Engineering Physics, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. P. K. Palanisami, Physics for Engineers, Vol. 1, Scitech Pub. (India) Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2002.
References
1. M. N. Avadhanulu and P. G. Kshirsagar, A Textbook of Engineering Physics, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005
2. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
3. V. Rajendran and A. Marikani, Physics I, TMH, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, TMH, 2008.
5. R. K. Gaur and S. L. Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
11O103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
(Common to all branches)
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
Imparting knowledge on the principles of water characterization, treatment methods and industrial
applications.
Understanding the principles and application of electrochemistry and corrosion science.
Basic information and application of polymer chemistry, nanotechnology and analytical techniques.
Program Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 14
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Differentiate hard and soft water, understand the disadvantages of using hard water domestically
and industrially, select and apply suitable treatments.
Gain an understanding of oxidation and reduction reactions as they relate to engineering
applications such as batteries and electroplating.
Comment on design of a metallic part which shows resistance to corrosion and analyze losses
incurred due to corrosion.
Select a polymer by considering their engineering requirement and identify the importance of
nanomaterials.
Carry out chemical analysis using various analytical instruments.
Assessment Pattern
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
20
20
30
20
10
100
20
20
30
20
10
100
10
20
30
20
20
100
10
20
30
20
20
100
Remember
1.
Distinguish between alkaline and non alkaline hardness.
What is meant by priming? How it is prevented?
2.
3.
What is meant by caustic embrittlement?
4.
What is the role of calgon conditioning in water treatment?
5.
What is break point chlorination?
Write the significances of EMF series.
6.
7.
Define single electrode potential of an electrode.
8.
Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.
9.
What are the advantages of H2O2 fuel cell?
10. What are reference electrodes?
11. Mention the various factors influencing the rate of corrosion.
12. State PillingBedworth rule.
13. What are the constituents of water repellant paints?
14. What is pitting corrosion?
15. Write any four applications of galvanic series.
The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to
20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will
be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 15
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Understand
1.
Soft water is not demineralized water whereas demineralized water is soft water Justify.
2.
Why sodium carbonate conditioning is not advisable for high pressure boilers?
3.
Boiling cannot give protection to water for all time Reason out.
4.
What are the significances of RO method of water treatment?
5.
Compare reversible and irreversible cells?
6.
Reason out why do the properties of materials change at nanoscale?
Why calomel electrode is called as secondary reference electrode?
7.
8.
A steel screw in a brass marine hardware corrodes. Why?
What is the action of brine solution on iron rod?
9.
10. Why magnesium element is coupled with underground pipe line?
11. Which is the easier way to control corrosion?
12. Lithium battery is the cell of future Justify.
13. Iron corrodes at a faster rate than aluminium Give reason.
14. Differentiate between electro and elctroless platting.
15. How thermoplastics differ from thermosetting plastics?
16. TEFLON is superior to other addition polymersJustify.
17. Write any two advantages of free radical polymerization.
18. Calculate the degree of freedom of water molecule.
19. Differentiate between AAS and flame photometry.
20. What is the role of thiocyanide solution in the estimation of iron by colorimetry?
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
A water sample contains 204 mgs of CaSO4 and 73 mgs of Mg(HCO3)2 per litre. Calculate the
total hardness in terms of CaCO3 equivalence.
100 ml of sample water has hardness equivalent to 12.5ml of 0.08N MgSO4. Calculate hardness
in ppm.
What is the single electrode potential of a half cell of zinc electrode dipped in a 0.01M ZnSO4
solution at 250C? E0Zn/Zn2+ = 0.763 V, R=8.314 JK1Mol1, F= 96500 Coulombs.
Calculate the reduction potential of Cu2+/Cu=0.5M at 250C. E0Cu2+/ Cu= +0.337V.
Mention the type of corrosion that takes place when a metal area is covered with water.
Bolt and nut made of the same metal is preferred in practice. Why?
Caustic embrittlement is stress corrosion Justify.
Metals which are nearer in electrochemical series is preferred in practice. Why?
What are the disadvantages of NICAD battery?
What are the requirements of a good paint?
What information can you get from DP?
What is degree of polymerization? Calculate the degree of polymerization of polypropylene having
molecular weight of 25200.
How the functionality of monomer influences the structure of polymer?
Mention the commercial applications of epoxy resins.
On what basis polyamide is named as NYLON?
Why UV spectroscopy is called as electronic spectra?
IR spectrum is called as vibrational spectrum Justify.
How absorption spectrum is differing from emission spectrum?
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 16
Analyze/Evaluate
1.
Distinguish between hardness and alkalinity.
2.
Distinguish between battery and cell.
3.
Corrosion phenomenon is known as thousand dollar thief  reason out.
4.
What is the basic difference between polymers and oligomers?
5.
How do you identify an organic molecule using IR spectrum?
Unit I
Chemistry of Water and its Industrial Applications
Hardness of water: Equivalents of calcium carbonate  Units of hardness  Degree of hardness and its
estimation (EDTA method)  Numerical problems on degree of hardness  pH value of water. Use of water
for industrial purposes: Boiler feed waterscalesludge  caustic embrittlement. Softening of hard water:
External conditioning zeolite  ion exchange methods  internal conditioning calgon  phosphate
methods. Desalination: Reverse osmosis  electrodialysis. Use of water for domestic purposes: Domestic
water treatment  Disinfection of water  break point chlorination.
Characterization of your campus water.
9 Hours
Unit II
Electrochemistry for Materials Processing
Introduction emf  Single electrode potential  Hydrogen electrode  Calomel electrode  Glass electrode pH measurement using glass electrode  Electrochemical series. Cells: Electrochemical cells Cell
reactions Daniel cell Reversible cells and irreversible cells  Difference between electrolytic cells and
electrochemical cells. Concept of electroplating: Electroplating of gold  electroless plating (Nickel).
Batteries: Secondary batteries  lead acid, nickel  cadmium and lithium batteries. Fuel cell: Hydrogen oxygen fuel cell.
Electricity assisted painting.
9 Hours
Unit III
Chemistry of Corrosion and its Control
Corrosion: Mechanism of corrosion Chemical and electrochemical  PillingBedworth rule  Oxygen
absorption Hydrogen evolution  Galvanic series. Types of corrosion: Galvanic corrosion  Differential
aeration corrosion  Examples  Factors influencing corrosion. Methods of corrosion control: Sacrificial
anodic protection  Impressed current method. Protective coatings: Paints  Constituents and Functions.
Special paints: Fire retardant  Water repellant paints.
Applications of vapour phase inhibitors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Polymer and Nanotechnology
Polymers: Monomer  functionality  Degree of polymerization  Classification based on source applications. Types of polymerization: Addition, condensation and copolymerization. Mechanism of free
radical polymerization. Thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics  Preparation, properties and applications:
Epoxy resins, TEFLON, nylon and bakelite. Compounding of plastics. Moulding methods: Injection and
extrusion. Nanomaterials: Introduction Nanoelectrodes  Carbon nanotubes  Nanopolymers  Application.
A detailed survey on application of polymer in day to day life.
9 Hours
Unit V
Instrumental Techniques of Chemical Analysis
Beer Lamberts law  Problems. UV visible and IR spectroscopy: Principle Instrumentation (block
diagram only)  Applications. Colorimetry: Principle Instrumentation (block diagram only)  Estimation of
iron by colorimetry. Flame photometry: Principle  Instrumentation (block diagram only)  Estimation of
sodium by flame photometry. Atomic absorption spectroscopy: Principle  Instrumentation (block diagram
only)  Estimation of nickel by atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Applications of analytical instruments in medical field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 17
Text Books
1. P. C. Jain and M. Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications., New Delhi, 2009.
2. R. Sivakumar and N. Sivakumar, Engineering Chemistry, TMH, New Delhi, 2009.
3. B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma and Madan S. Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Shoban Lal
Nagin Chand & Co., 2005.
References
1. Sashi Chawla, Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi,
2003.
2. B. S. Bahl, G. D. Tuli and Arun Bahl, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, S. Chand & Company,
2008.
3. J. C. Kuriacose and J. Rajaram, Chemistry in Engineering & Technology, Vol. 1&2, TMH, 2009.
4. C. P. Poole Jr., J. F. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007.
5. Andre Arsenault and Geoffrey A. Ozin, Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to
6. Nanomaterials, Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2005.
7. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. James Holler &S. R. Crouch, Fundamentals of
Analytical
Chemistry, Wiley, 2004.
LANGUAGE ELECTIVE I
3003
11O205 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(Common to all branches except EEE, ECE, EIE)
4 0 0 4.0
Objective(s)
To understand the basics concepts of electric circuits & magnetic circuits
To learn the operations of electrical machines
To impart knowledge in the concepts of Communication systems
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analyze the power in single phase AC systems
2. Derive an equation for self and mutual inductance
3. Determine the characteristics of Bipolar junction transistors
4. Diagnose the operation of half wave and full wave rectifier
5. Design of an operational amplifier
Assessment Pattern
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze / Evaluate
Create
Total
Test
I
10
20
30
40
100
Test II
10
20
30
40
100
Model
Examination
10
20
30
40
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
30
40
100
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 18
Remember
1.
What is an inductor?
2.
State Ohms law.
3.
State the operating principle of a transformer.
4.
Draw the circuit symbols of i) step up transformer and ii) step down transformer.
5.
What is resistor? Give its symbol.
6.
What are impurities?
7.
Draw the neatlabelled IV characteristics of zener diode.
8.
Draw circuit symbol of diode and zener diode,
9.
Which process is used to convert the material into extrinsic?
10. What is junction barrier?
11. Define the term rectification and efficiency
12. What is done in the base region of a transistor to improve its operation.
13. What is BJT?
14. List the needs for modulation.
15. Draw symbol of 2input NOR gate & write its truth table.
Understand
1.
Explain Ohms law relating to (V), (I) and (R).
2.
Explain the working principle of a transformer.
3.
Explain the working principle of an induction motor.
Discuss intrinsic semiconductor are pure semiconductors.
4.
5.
Explain pentavalent impurities with example.
6.
Explain trivalent impurities with example.
Explain in brief, knee voltage of diode.
7.
8.
Explain in brief, breakdown voltage of diode.
9.
Explain the operation of PN Junction diode when forward and reverse bias.
10. Explain the formation of depletion region in PN Junction.
11. Explain Zener diode as voltage regulator.
12. With a neat circuit diagram explain the working of a half wave rectifier.
13. Derive an expression for the efficiency of a half wave rectifier.
14. With a neat circuit diagram, explain the working of full wave rectifier.
15. What is ExOR gate? Explain its working & tabulate the truth table.
Apply
1.
Why opamp is called as linear amplifier?
2.
Why impurities are used?
Calculate the value of resistance having co lour code sequence Red, Yellow, orange and Gold.
3.
4. Why do we use transformer in rectifier circuit?
5. Which impurity play important role in formation of P type semiconductor?
6. Calculate the % ripple factior, if the dc output voltage 20 V and ac voltage 2V.
7. Three resistors are connected in series across a 12V battery. The first resistance has a value of 2 ,
second has a voltage drop of 4V and third has power dissipation of 12 W. Calculate the value of the
circuit current.
8. A 25 resistor is connected in parallel with a 50 resistor. The current in 50 resistor is 8A.
What is the value of third resistance to be added in parallel to make the total line current as 15A.
9. A toroidal air cored coil with 2000 turns has a mean radius of 25cm, diameter of each turn being 6cm.
If the current in the coil is 10A, find mmf, flux, reluctance, flux density and magnetizing force.
10. The self inductance of a coil of 500turns is 0.25H.If 60% of the flux is linked with a second coil of
10500 turns. Calculate a) the mutual inductance between the two coils and b) emf induced in the
second coil when current in the first coil changes at the rate of 100A/sec.
11. An air cored toroidal coil has 480 turns, a mean length of 30cm and a crosssectional area of 5
cm2.Calculate a)the inductance i\of the coil and b) the average induced emf, if a current of 4 A is
reversed in 60 milliseconds
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 19
Analyze / Evaluate
1. Why inductor is referred as a choke?
2. Why single phase induction motors are not self starting?
3. How the barrier potential is developed across the PN Junction, what are the approximate
values this potential for Germenium and Silicon?
4. Trivallent impurity is called as donor impurity, comment.
5. Distinguish with diagram, then solid material on the basis of band diagram.
6. How a zener diode can be used for voltage regulation in power supply?
7. How voltage source is converted into current source and vice versa?
8. Differentiate P type and N type semiconductor
9. Distinguish between metal, semiconductor and insulator. Give examples of each.
10. Distinguish between half wave and full wave rectifier
Create
1.
2.
Design a half wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the ripple factor.
Design a full wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the efficiency.
Unit I
Electric Circuits
Definition of Voltage, Current, Power & Energy, Ohms law, Kirchoffs Law & its applications simple
problems, division of current in series & parallel circuits, generation of alternating EMF, definition of RMS
value, average value, peak factor, form factor. Power in single phase AC three phase system.
Star to delta and delta to star transformations, RL and RC series circuit
12 Hours
Unit II
Magnetic Circuits
Definition of MMF, Flux, Reluctance, Properties of Flux lines, Self & Mutual Inductance, Ampere Turns,
Series & parallel magnetic circuits, Comparison between Electric & magnetic circuits, Law of
Electromagnetic induction, Flemings Right & Left hand rule.
Magnetic impedance, Effective resistance, Magnetic capacitivity
12 Hours
Unit III
Electrical Machines
Construction, Type, Principle of Operation & Working Principle of DC Generator, DC Motor, Transformer,
Induction Motor, Induction type single phase energy meter, Domestic wiring practice, Tube light circuit,
Earthing & earthing methods.
Characteristics of DC generators and DC motors,
12 Hours
Unit IV
Electronics Engineering
PN Junction diode & Zener diode Characteristics Half wave and full wave rectifier Bipolar junction
transistors CB,CE, CC Configurations and characteristics basic concepts of amplifiers and oscillators
Logic gates Inverting, Non inverting amplifiers and Operational amplifiers Basic Computer organization
Block diagram of Microprocessors (8085).
Semiconductor theory, Diode clippers, opamp parameters and applications
12 Hours
Unit V
Communication Engineering
Introduction to communication systems Need for modulation Types Block Diagram representation only
Block diagram of TV system Introduction to cellular & mobile telephony Block diagram of Optical and
Satellite communication systems.
Analog and digital signals, Transmission medium, Digital communication
12 Hours
Total: 60 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 20
Text Books
1. T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Oxford Press, 2005
2. R. Muthusubramaninan, S. Salivahanan and K. A. Muraleedharan, Basic Electrical, Electronics
and Computer Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004
References
1.
J. A. Edminister, Electric Circuits, Schaums Series, McGraw Hill, 2005
2.
Van Valkenbergm, Electric Circuits and Network Analysis, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005
3.
Smarjith Ghosh, Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Prentice Hall (India)
Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
11A106 BASICS OF AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the field.
To know the basic principles on which the development of aerodynamics and other principal sub
disciplines of aerospace engineering are based.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Improve the knowledge in aircraft components.
2.
Get a Performance over the control surface and power plants.
3.
Analyse the performance of different types of aircraft.
Assessment Pattern
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
20
30
30
20
100
20
30
30
20
100
Model
Examination
20
30
30
20
100
Semester End
Examination
20
30
30
20
100
Remember
1. What is air breathing engine?
2. What is the role of a rudder?
3. What is the purpose of elevator?
4. How anhedral and dihedral angle occurs?
5. What is aspect ratio?
6. What is aerofoil?
7. What is symmetrical and unsymmetrical aerofoil?
8. What is biplane and monoplane?
9. Say about NACA six series aerofoil.
10. Differentiate solid propellant rocket and liquid propellant rocket.
11. What is purpose of flap and spoiler?
12. What is wing loading?
13. What is specific impulse?
14. What is the turbojet engine?
Understand
1. What is aerodynamic center?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 21
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Calculate the standard atmosphere of temperature, pressure and density at a geopotential
altitude of 14 km.
2. Consider a turbojet powered airplane flying at a standard altitude of 30,000 ft at a velocity of
500mi/h. The turbojet engine itself has inlet and exit areas of 7 and 4.5 ft2, respectively. The
velocity and pressure of the exhaust gas at the exit area are 1600ft/s and 640 lb/ft2,
respectively. Calculate the thrust of the turbojet.
Create
1. Design a NACA 6 digit airfoil.
2. Design a new aircraft with contains all the control surface.
3. Design an advance type of engine.
Unit I
Historical Evolution
Early airplanes, biplanes and monoplanes, developments in aerodynamics, materials, structures and
propulsion over the years.
Types of propulsion and their applications.
9 Hours
Unit II
Aircraft Configurations
Components of an airplane and their functions. Different types of flight vehicles, classifications.
Conventional control, powered control, basic instruments for flying, typical systems for control actuation.
Layout of an aircraft with various components and their location.
9 Hours
Unit III
Introduction to Principles of Flight
Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere, temperature, pressure and altitude relationships,
evolution of lift, drag and moment. Airfoils, Mach number and maneuvers.
Laws of motion, Bernoullis Principle.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Airplane Structures and Materials
General types of construction, Monocoque, semimonocoque and geodesic construction, typical wing and
fuselage structure. Metallic and nonmetallic materials, use of aluminum alloy, titanium, stainless steel and
composite materials.
Case studies on materials used in commercial aircraft industry.
9 Hours
Unit V
Power Plants Used in Airplanes
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 22
Basic ideas about piston, turboprop and jet engines, use of propeller and jets for thrust production.
Comparative merits, principles of operation of rocket, types of rockets and typical applications, exploration
into space.
Types of fuels used in airplanes and future of aviation fuels.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. J. D. Anderson, Introduction to Flight, McGrawHill, 2006.
2. R. S. Shevell, Fundamentals of Flight, Pearson Education, 2006.
References
1. A. C. Kermode, Flight without Formulae, McGrawHill, 2005.
2. T. M. G. Megson, Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students, Edward Arnold, 2005.
11A107 C PROGRAMMING
2 0 3 3.5
Objective(s)
To be familiar with basics of C.
To develop programming skills in C.
To be able to develop logic for a given problem.
Programme Outcome(s)
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
20
40
10
100
10
20
20
40
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100
Remember
1. Define tokens.
2. What is a relational operator?
3. List the use of switch statement.
4. How would you explain arrays?
5. Tell the use of recursion.
Understand
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 23
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Apply
1. What examples can you give for explaining the categories of functions?
2. Construct a recursion function to explain the concept of functions.
3. Develop a structure using structure members.
Analyze/Evaluate
1. What is the function of arithmetic operations on characters?
2. How would you classify the nesting of functions?
Create
1. Create a program for processing of examination marks using looping and branching statements.
Unit I
Fundamentals of C
History of CImportance of C  Basic structure of C programs  Programming style  Executing a C program
Character set  C tokens  Keywords and identifiers  Constants (Declaration, Definition)  Variables
(Declaration)  Data types.
6 Hours
Unit II
Operators and Expressions
Arithmetic operators  Relational operators  Logical operators  Assignment operator  Increment and
decrement operator  Conditional operator  Bitwise operator  Arithmetic expressions  Evaluation of
expressions  operator precedence  Managing I/O operations.
6 Hours
Unit III
Branching and Looping
Decision making  IF statement  IF  ELSE  Nested IF  ELSE, ELSE  IF LadderSwitch statement GOTO statement?: operator  While statement  DO statement  FOR statement  Jumps in loops.
6 Hours
Unit IV
Arrays and Strings
One dimensional, two dimensional, multi dimensional arrays  Initialization and declaration  Dynamic
arrays Strings  Declaring  Initializing  Reading  Writing strings  Arithmetic operations on characters string comparison  string handling functions.
6 Hours
Unit V
Functions, Structures and Pointers
User defined function  Declaration  Definition of function  function calls  category of functions  Nesting
of functions  Recursion  Structures  Definition, Declaration, Accessing structure members  Pointers Declaration, Initialization, Accessing.
6 Hours
Total: 30+30 Hours
Text Book
1. E. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, Fourth Edition,Tata Mc Graw Hill,2007
References
1. Behrouz A.Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structure program
approach using C, Cengage learning India edition. 2008
2. Ritchie D.M, Kernighan B.W, C Programming Language, PHI, 2000.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 24
Objective(s)
To know how to execute experiments properly, presentation of observations and arrival of
conclusions.
It is an integral part of any science and technology program.
To view and realize the theoretical knowledge acquired by the students through experiments
At the end of the course, the students able to realize the theoretical knowledge acquired
through experiments.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
Observation and analytical skills are developed
Various properties of matter can be known.
Different optical properties can be analyzed.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Internal
Semester End
Assessment
Examination
Preparation
Execution
Observation and Results
Record
10
10
10
5
15
15
15

Model Examination
10
5
50
5
50
Viva Voce
Total
Remember
1. Define rigidity modulus.
2. What is neutral axis?
3. Give an example for bad conductor.
4. What is frequency?
5. Define streamlined flow.
6. What is the principle of airwedge setup?
7. What is grating?
8. What is refractive index of flint glass?
9. What is forbidden energy gap?
10. Give the acronym of the term LASER.
Understand
1. Why the radius of the wire to be measured more accurately in the determination of ?
2. Give the difference between longitudinal and linear stress.
3. Why the method is not suitable to determine the thermal conductivity of good conductor?
should be constant. Why?
4. Why constant pressure head to be maintained in the case of Poisuilles method?
5. Reason out the formation of dark bands.
6. Why the order of the spectrum is different when observed from grating and prism though the
light is coming from the same source?
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 25
7.
8.
9.
Apply / Evaluate
1. With the given value of rigidity modulus, can you say that the material can serve as a good
shaft?
2. A beam is supported on two knife edges and loaded at its middle. This bending is known
as nonuniform bending. Why?
3. What is the advantage of having high viscous liquid?
4. If Hg spectrum is used as a light source, airwedge system can not be formed. Why?
5. In Hg spectrum using grating one can see red colour in the last position also red is used as a
warning signal colour in all the areas. Why?
List of Experiments (Any 10 Experiments)
1. Determination of moment of inertia and rigidity modulus of wire using torsion pendulum
(symmetrical masses method).
2. Determination of Youngs modulus by nonuniform bending.
3. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lees disc.
4. Determination of frequency of vibrating rod using Meldes apparatus.
5. Determination of viscosity of a liquid  Poiseulles method.
6. Determination of thickness of a thin wire  air wedge method.
7. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum grating.
8. Determination of refractive index of a liquid and solid using traveling microscope.
9. Determination of energy band gap of a semiconductor diode.
10. Determination of wavelength of LASER and particle size of a given powder.
11. Measurement of numerical aperture and acceptance angle of a optical fiber.
12. Youngs modulus uniform bending (pin and microscope).
Practical Schedule
S.No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Total: 30 Hours
Experiments
Determination of moment of inertia and rigidity modulus of wire using
torsion pendulum (symmetrical masses method).
Determination of Youngs modulus by nonuniform bending.
Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lees disc.
Determination of frequency of vibrating rod using Meldes apparatus.
Determination of viscosity of a liquid  Poiseulles method.
Determination of thickness of a thin wire  air wedge method.
Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum grating.
Determination of refractive index of a liquid and solid using traveling
microscope.
Determination of energy band gap of a semiconductor diode.
Determination of wavelength of LASER and particle size of a given powder.
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Objective(s)
Imparting knowledge on basic concepts and its applications of chemical analysis.
Training in chemical and instrumental methods.
Develop skills in estimation of a given sample by chemical and instrumental methods.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 26
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
Students will able to identify and estimate quantitatively the certain impurities present in water,
which will be useful in industry.
Basic knowledge about the conductance, rate of corrosion, pH, molecular weight of polymer and
potential which will find application in industry.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester
End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
Execution
10
15
10
5
10
5
15
5
Total
50
50
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 27
species. Explain.
10. Write the repeating unit of PVC and polystyrene.
11. What is meant by degree of polymerization?
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
What weight of oxalic acid is required to prepare 250 ml of 0.1N oxalic acid?
Derive the relationship between mg/l and ppm?
What is the significance of determining alkalinity of water?
Name the gases dissolved in water that cause corrosion.
Differentiate between acidity and alkalinity of water.
What is the significance of pH titration?
What are the advantages of conductometric titrations?
Give the significance of potentiometric titrations.
What is the significance of spectrophotometric studies?
Give some applications of UV Visible spectrophotometer in environmental pollution analysis.
Name two natural polymers which are used as textile fibres.
What is the molecular mass of polystyrene molecule containing 4000 monomers units?
What is the significance of determination of molecular weight of a polymer?
Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.
Preparation of molar and normal solutions of the following substances oxalic acid, sodium
carbonate, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid.
2. Determination of alkalinity in a water sample.
3. Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometry method.
4. Determination of total, temporary and permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.
5. Conductometric titration of mixture of acids.
6. Determination of strength of iron by potentiometric method using potassium dichromate.
7. Estimation of iron (thiocyanate method) in the given solution by spectrophotometric method.
8. Determination of strength of hydrochloric acid by sodium hydroxide using pH meter.
9. Determination of sodium and potassium ions in water sample by flame photometric method.
10. Determination of corrosion rate by weight loss measurements.
11. Comparison of alkalinities of the given water samples.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 28
12. Comparison of total dissolved solids (TDS) and hardness of water in Bhavani river and
Bannari Amman Institute of Technology campus.
Total: 30 Hours
Practical Schedule
.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Experiments
Preparation of molar and normal solutions of the following substances oxalic acid,
sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid.
Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometry method.
Conductometric titration of mixture of acids.
Determination of strength of iron by potentiometric method using
potassium dichromate.
Estimation of iron (thiocyanate method) in the given solution by spectrophotometric
method.
Determination of strength of hydrochloric acid by sodium hydroxide using pH
meter.
Determination of sodium and potassium ions in water sample by flame photometric
method.
Determination of corrosion rate by weight loss measurements.
Comparison of alkalinities of the given water samples.
Comparison of total dissolved solids (TDS) and hardness of water in Bhavani
river and
Bannari Amman Institute of Technology campus.
11O201 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II
(Common to all branches)
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
Acquire knowledge to use multiple integrals to find area and volume of surfaces and solids
respectively.
Have a good grasp of analytic functions, complex integration and their interesting properties
and applications.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
2.
To improve problem evaluation technique.
3.
Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 29
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test II
Model Examination
End Semester
Examination
20
40
20
40
20
40
30
10
100
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
30
10
100
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
Remember
Understand
(u, v
..
( x, y )
y x z x
2 u
2 u
2 u
u = f
xy , xz show that x x + y y + z z = 0. .
2 x
4.
f (x , y )dydx .
0 0
j + (xy+2z) k is solenoidal.
5.
6.
7.
dw
given w = tan z.
dz
dz
9. Evaluate
where c is the circle z = 1 .
2
c ( z 3)
8.
Find
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 30
f ( z) =
4
at its simple pole.
z ( z 2)
3
Apply
4
1.
2.
Check if
u=
x+ y
xy
,v=
are functionally dependent. If so find the relationship
x y
( x y )2
between them.
3.
( x
+ y 2 + z 2 )dxdydz taken
R
2
0 x 1.
F n ds where F = 4 xz i y 2 j + yz k and S
is
5.
When the function f(z) = u + iv is analytic, show that u = constant and v = constant are orthogonal.
6.
7.
8.
(3x
1
w= .
z
2
8 y 2 )dx + (4 y 6 xy)dy
e z dz
where C is the Circle z = 3 .
( z + 2 ) ( z + 1) 2
Analyze / Evaluate
1.
Prove that
2.
If
u
v
w
,y=
,z =
are functionally dependent.
vw
wu
uv
x=
g ( x, y) = (u, v)
where
u = x 2 y 2 , v = 2 xy prove that
2
2g 2g
2
+
= 4 ( x 2 + y 2 )
2
2
u 2 + v 2
x
y
xyzdxdydz
3.
4.
x, y, z 0
and
.
Evaluate the following integral by changing to spherical coordinates
x2 + y 2 + z 2 9
2
1 x
1 x
dxdydz
1 x
5.
z
2
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 31
6.
7.
Determine the bilinear transformation that maps the points 1, 0, 1 in the zplane onto the points
0, i, 3i in the wplane.
2
cos 2
Evaluate
5 4 cos d .
0
8.
(
0
9.
Expand f ( z ) =
(z 1)(z 3)
x2
dx .
x2 + 9 x2 + 4
)(
such that F = .
Unit I
Functions of Several Variables
Functions of two variables  Partial derivatives  Total differential  Derivative of implicit functions Maxima and minima  Constrained Maxima and Minima by Lagrangian Multiplier method  Jacobiansapplication to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Multiple Integrals
Double integration in cartesian and polar coordinates  Change of order of integration  change of
variables Area and volume by multiple integrals application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Vector Calculus
Gradient  divergence  curl line  surface and volume integrals  Greens  Gauss divergence and Stokes
theorems (statement only)  application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Analytic Functions
Analytic functions Necessary condition of analytic functionSufficient condition of analytic
function(statement only) properties  Determination of analytic function using Milne Thomsons method,
conformal mappings  Mappings of w= z + a, az, 1/z, ez bilinear transformation  application to
engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit V
Complex Integration
Cauchys fundamental theorem (statement only) and application of Cauchys integral formula(statement
only) Taylors and Laurents series classification of singularities  Cauchys residue theorem (statement
only) Contour integration  circular and semi circular contours (excluding poles on the real axis)application to engineering problems
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 32
2.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Comprehend the importance of environment, its purpose, design, exploitation of natural resources
and perspectives.
Understand fundamental physical and biological principles that govern natural processes and role of
professionals in protecting the environment from degradation.
Understand current environmental challenges like pollution and its management.
Design and evaluate strategies, technologies and methods for sustainable management of
environmental systems.
Classify and understand the relation between human population and environment.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 33
Assessment Pattern
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
25
25
20
20
10
100
25
25
20
20
10
100
15
25
20
20
20
100
Semester
End
Examination
15
25
20
20
20
100
Remember
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 34
1. Explain why providing adequate food for all of the world's people is so difficult?
2. Rank the five major sources of energy used to produce electricity and classify the energy sources
as renewable or nonrenewable.
3. Describe the causes of desertification and its preventive measures.
4. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of the green revolution.
5. Explain the relationship between technology and global warming.
6. Describe any three health effects of air pollution.
7. Identify "greenhouse gases" and explain how they cause the "greenhouse effect".
8. Identify a few plants and animals with the various biomes.
9. Explain the importance of primary species.
10. Explain the five major types of species interactions and give examples of each.
11. Environmental problems involve social, political, and economic issuesJustify.
12. What problems does noise pollution cause to animals?
13. What type of pollution threatens wetlands?
14. What are the major measures to attain sustainability?
15. Why is urban energy requirement more than rural requirement?
16. What are the major limitations to successful implementation of our environmental legislation?
17. Explain the concept of Malthusian theory.
18. How agestructure pyramids serve as useful tools for predicting population growth trends of a nation?
19. Discuss various issues and measures for women and child welfare at international and national level.
Apply
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 35
resources: World food problems  changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing  effects of modern
agriculture fertilizerpesticide problems  water logging  salinity case studies. Energy resources: Growing
energy needs  renewable and non renewable energy sources. Land resources: Land as a resource  land
degradation  soil erosion. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
Documentation of the effect of degradation of forest resource.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ecosystems and Biodiversity
Concept of an ecosystem: Structure and function of an ecosystem producers  consumers decomposers
energy flow in the ecosystem ecological succession food chains  food webs and ecological pyramids.
Types of ecosystem: Introduction  characteristic features  forest ecosystem  grassland ecosystem desert
ecosystem  aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries). Biodiversity: Introduction
definition (genetic  species ecosystem) diversity. Value of biodiversity: Consumptive use  productive use
social values ethical values  aesthetic values. Biodiversity level: Global  national  local levels India as
a mega diversity nation hotspots of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss  poaching of wildlife
man wildlife conflicts endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: Insitu
and exsitu conservation of biodiversity  field study.
Documentation of the endangered flora and fauna in your native place.
9 Hours
Unit III
Environmental Pollution
Pollution: Definition air pollution  water pollution  soil pollution  marine pollution  noise pollution thermal pollution  nuclear hazards. Solid waste management: Causes  effects  control measures of urban
and industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution  pollution case studies. Disaster
management: Floods earthquake  cyclone  landslides. Electronic wastes.
Investigation on the pollution status of Bhavani river.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Social Issues and Environment
Sustainable development : Unsustainable to sustainable development urban problems related to energy.
Water conservation  rain water harvesting  watershed management. Resettlement and rehabilitation of
people. Environmental ethics: Issues  possible solutions climate change  global warming and its effects
on flora and fauna  acid rain  ozone layer depletion  nuclear accidents  nuclear holocaust wasteland
reclamation  consumerism and waste products. Environment protection act: Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) act water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act wildlife protection act forest conservation
act issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation.
Analyze the recent steps taken by government of India to prevent pollution.
9 Hours
Unit V
Human Population and Environment
Human population: Population growth  variation among nations population explosion family welfare
programme and family planning environment and human health Human rights value education HIV
/ AIDS, Swine flu women and child welfare . Role of information technology in environment and human
health.
Population explosion in India, China the present and future scenario.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 36
References
1. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad India, 2010 .
2. S. Divan, Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2001.
3. K. D. Wager, Environmental Management, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, USA, 1998.
4. W. P. Cunningham, Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Publising House, Mumbai, 2004.
5. S. K. Garg, R. Garg, R. Garg, Ecological & Environmental Studies, Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
2006.
6. http://www.ipcc.ch/index.html
7. http://unfccc.int/2860.php
LANGUAGE ELECTIVE II
3 1 0 3.5
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 37
Assessment Pattern
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test 1
Test 2
Model
Examination
25
25
20
20
10
100
25
25
20
20
10
100
20
25
20
20
15
100
Semester
End
Examination
20
25
20
20
15
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Understand
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 38
1. Mention the salient features of the free electron gas model. Obtain the Ohms law based on it.
2. Mention the limitations of classical free electron theory.
3. Define density of states and also mention its uses.
4. Explain thermal conductivity and derive an expression for thermal conductivity of metals.
5. Derive an expression for density of states in a metal and hence obtain the Fermi energy in terms of
density of free electrons.
6. Distinguish between relaxation time and collision time.
7. Why do you prefer extrinsic semiconductor over intrinsic semiconductor?
8. What is Hall effect? What is its use in semiconductors?
9. Deduce the relation for the local field of a dielectric material which is in cubic structure.
10. Deduce ClausiusMosotti relation and explain its use in predicting dielectric constants of solids.
11. Distinguish between thermal conductivity and thermal diffusivity.
12. Explain the heat flow through compound media in series and parallel.
13. Explain the principle behind radiography.
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
Analyze/Evaluate
1. State the relation between thermal conductivity and electrical conductivity. Does it hold good for all
types of materials?
2. Calculate the Fermi energy of copper at 0K. Atomic weight and density of copper are 63.54 and
8950 kg/m3 respectively.
3. By how many orders of magnitude is the mean free path reduced in a certain metal when
temperature increases from 0C to 340C? The temperature coefficient of resistivity = 5x103.
4. Why do you prefer silicon for transistors and GaAs for laser diodes?
5. Sketch the variation of conductivity with temperature in the case of intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors.
6. How will you determine the type of charge carriers present in a semiconductor?
7.
Mention the limitations of LP testing.
Unit I
Electrical Properties of Metals
Introduction Derivation of microscopic form of Ohms law postulates of classical free electron theoryderivation of electrical conductivity of metals (Drude  Lorentz theory) merits and demerits. Derivation of
thermal conductivity WiedemannFranz law verification. Electron energies in metal and Fermi energyFermiDirac distribution function and its variation with temperature density of energy states calculation of
density of electron and fermi energy at 0K average energy of free electron at 0K Importance of fermi
energy problems.
Quantum free electron theory and Band theory of solids.
9 Hours
Unit II
Semiconducting Materials & Devices
Introduction  elemental and compound semiconductors  Intrinsic semiconductors: density of electrons density of holes determination of carrier concentration and position of Fermi energy band gap energy
determination (quantitative treatment). Extrinsic semiconductors: carrier concentration in ptype and ntype
semiconductors. Hall effect theory of Hall effect experimental determination of Hall voltage applications.
Semi conducting devices: solar cells (Photovoltaic effect) uses. Photo detectors: pin photo diodes
applications.
Variation of Fermi level with temperature and doping concentration in extrinsic semiconductors.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 39
9 Hours
Unit III
Dielectrics
Introduction fundamental definitions in dielectrics expressions for electronic, ionic and orientation
polarization mechanisms space charge polarization Langevin Debye equation frequency and temperature
effects on polarization dielectric loss internal field expression for internal field (cubic structure)derivation of ClausiusMosotti equation importance. Dielectric breakdown various breakdown
mechanisms with characteristics applications of dielectric materials and insulating materials  problems.
Charging and discharging of capacitors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Thermal Physics
Mode of heat transferthermal conductivitythermal diffusivitythermal conduction through compound media
(bodies in series and parallel)  thermal conductivity of good conductor  Forbes methodthermal
conductivity of bad conductor Lees discradial flow of heatexpression for thermal conductivity of rubberexperimental determinationpractical applications of conductionproblems.
Thermal and ventilation design of buildings .
9 Hours
Unit V
NonDestructive Testing
Introduction  various steps involved in NDT processXray radiographic technique displacement method
merits, demerits and applications of Xray radiography  Xray fluoroscopy liquid penetrant methodadvantages, disadvantages and applications ultrasonic flaw detector  block diagram  construction and
working  merits and demerits. Thermography: typesblock diagram  recording of thermal images  merits,
demerits and applications.
Fluoroscopy or Realtime Radiography.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publications, New Delhi, 2006.
M.N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, A Text Book of Engineering Physics, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
V. Raghavan, Materials Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.
D.S Mathur, Elements of properties of matter, S.Chand Publications, New Delhi, Reprints 2010.
P.K. Palanisami, Physics For Engineers, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd, Chennai, 2002.
The objectives of the program are to enable the student to attain a deeper understanding of
engineering mechanics fundamentals, knowledge of recent developments.
The objectives are accomplished through coursework, seminars and innovative presentations by the
students.
Students acquire the ability to apply the knowledge at masters degree and doctoral degree level to
conduct individual research.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 40
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in
a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different concepts of equilibrium.
2.
Thorough study about friction.
3.
Analysis of centroid and moment of inertia of different geometries.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
20
30
20
30
100
20
30
20
30
100
Model
Examination
20
30
20
30
100
Semester End
Examination
20
30
20
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 41
Understand
1. Differentiate statics and dynamics.
2. Differentiate kinetics and kinematics.
3. Explain what is meant by rigid body?
4. What are the basic concepts of mechanics?
5. What is meant by dimensional homogeneity?
6. What are the components of a force?
7. What is meant by free body diagram?
8. What is meant by equilibrium condition?
9. What are the supports and their reactions?
10. What is angle of repose?
11. What is the relationship between the displacement, velocity and acceleration?
12. Differentiate impulse and momentum.
13. What are the limitations of the Varignons theorem?
14. Differentiate between rectilinear and curvilinear motion.
15. What is meant by simple contact friction?
Apply / Evaluate
1.
Consider two forces F and 2F acting on a particle. If the force F is increased by 13 KN and 2F is
doubled, the direction of resultant is unaltered. Find the forces acting on it.
2.
Determine the product and polar moment of inertia for the ellipse of major axis a and minor
axis b
3.
Determine the second moment of inertia of angle section 100 cm x 90 cm x 10 cm
4.
Obtain the reaction at the support points of the beam.
5. Determine the reaction support of the pinjointed truss shown in Fig.2 The truss is subjected to a
vertical load of 16kN and horizontal load of 8kN simultaneously at joint A.
Unit I
Basics and Statics of Particles
Introduction  Units and Dimensions  Laws of Mechanics Parallelogram Law of forces Vectors
Vectorial representation of forces Coplanar Forces Resolution and Composition of forces Equilibrium
of a particle under coplanar forces Forces in space  Equilibrium of a particle in space.
Basics of dot product and vector product.
9 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 42
Unit II
Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies
Free body diagram Types of supports and their reactions Moments and Couples Vectorial
representation of moments and couples Scalar components of a moment Varignons theorem resolution
of a given force into a force acting at a given point and a couple reduction of a system of coplanar forces
acting on a rigid body into a single force and a single couple  Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in two
dimensions Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in three dimensions.
Understanding and drawing of various types of free body diagrams.
9 Hours
Unit III
Friction
Frictional force Laws of Coulomb friction Angle of friction cone of friction  Simple contact friction
Ladder friction  Belt friction Transmission of power through belts Wedge Friction Screw Jack Self
locking  Rolling Resistance Problems involving the equilibrium of a rigid bodies with frictional forces.
Applications of frictional force effects.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Properties of Surfaces and Solids
Determination of Areas and Volumes First moment of area and the Centroid of sections Rectangle,
circle, triangle from integration T section, I section, Angle section, Hollow section by using standard
formula second and product moments of plane area Rectangle, triangle, circle from integration T
section, I section, Angle section, Hollow section by using standard formula Parallel axis theorem and
perpendicular axis theorem Polar moment of inertia Principal moments of inertia of plane areas Mass
moment of inertia Relation with area MOI.
Finding the surface area and crosssectional areas of various sections.
9 Hours
Unit V
Dynamics of Particles
Displacements, Velocity and acceleration, their relationship Linear motion Curvilinear motion
Newtons law Work Energy Equation of particles Principle of Impulse and Momentum Impact of
elastic bodies.
Laws of motions.
9 Hours
Total: 45 + 15 Hours
Text Book
1.
F. P. Beer and E. R. Johnston Jr., Vector Mechanics for Engineers Statics and Dynamics, 7th
Edition, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2005.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
R. C. Hibbeller, Engineering Mechanics Statics (Vol. I), Dynamics (Vol. II), Pearson Education
Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2000.
Andrew Pytel and Jaan Kiusalaas, Engineering Mechanics Statics (Vol I), Dynamics (Vol II)
2nd Edition, Brooks / Cole publishing company, 1999.
Irving H. Shames, Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics, IV Edition
Pearson
Education Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
M. S. Palanichamy and S. Nagan, Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics 3rd Edition,
Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2005.
S. Rajasekaran and G. Sankarasubramanian, Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics, 3rd Edition,
Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 43
To understand the energy exchange process in fluid mechanics handling incompressible fluids.
Program Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a
global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Flow analysis for different types of fluids.
2. Able to analyze the performance of various fluid machines.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 44
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
Show the various parts of a Kaplan turbine and explain their functions.
Show how formation of boundary layer takes place over a streamlined body in a nonseparating
flow.
Using the method of dimensional analysis derive an equation for critical path.
Create
1.
2.
Unit I
Basic Concepts and Properties
Fluid definition, distinction between solid and fluid Units and dimensions Properties of fluids
density, specific weight, specific volume, specific gravity, temperature, viscosity, compressibility, vapour
pressure, capillary and surface tension Fluid statics: concept of fluid static pressure, absolute and gauge
pressures pressure measurements by manometers and pressure gauges.
Newtonian and nonNewtonian fluids and their classification.
9 Hours
Unit II
Fluid Kinematics and Fluid Dynamics
Fluid Kinematics  Flow visualization  lines of flow  types of flow  continuity equation (one and three
dimensional differential forms) Equation of streamline  stream function  velocity potential function fluid
dynamics  equations of motion  Euler's equation along a streamline  Bernoulli's equation applications Venturi meter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube.
Geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities.
9 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 45
Unit III
Incompressible Fluid Flow
Viscous flow Shear stress, pressure gradient relationship laminar flow between parallel plates Laminar
flow through circular tubes (Hagen poiseulles) flow through pipes Darcy weisbacks equation pipe
roughness friction factor Moodys diagramminor losses.
Expansion and contraction losses.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Dimensional Analysis and Boundary Layer Concepts
Dimensional analysis  Buckingham's theorem applications  similarity laws and models. Boundary layer
concepts  Boundary layer flows boundary layer thickness, boundary layer separation  drag and lift
coefficients.
Important dimensionless numbers.
9 Hours
Unit V
Fluid Machines
Hydro turbines: definition and classifications  Pelton turbine  Francis turbine  Kaplan turbine  working
principles  velocity triangles  work done  specific speed . Pumps: definition and classifications Centrifugal pump: classifications, working principles, velocity triangles, specific speed, efficiency.
Reciprocating pumps: Working principle and classification.
9 Hours
Total: 45 + 15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
S. K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to fluid mechanics and fluid machines, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGrawHill, 2008.
R. K. Bansal, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines, 5thEdition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2005.
References
1. F. M. White, Fluid Mechanics,5th Edition, Tata McGrawHill, , New Delhi, 2003.
2. V. L. Streeter and E. B. Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, McGrawHill, 2005.
3. S. Ramamirtham, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics and Fluid Machines, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
Delhi, 2005.
4. K. L. Kumar, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition, Eurasia Publishing House (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2004.
5. NPTEL (\\http:lib.bitsathy.ac.in)
To understand the concept generation, concept selection, design process, planning for manufacture.
To know the various techniques used in designing a product.
Programme Outcome(s)
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions in
a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
PDS development.
2.
Brainstorming.
3.
Morphological analysis.
4.
Patent drafting
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 46
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No.
(New Version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze/Evaluate
5
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
30
40
30
100
30
40
30
100
Model
Examination
30
40
30
100
Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Understand
1.
How does engineering design interfaces are made within and outside the design department?
2.
How will you identify a problem?
3.
Why we go for computer aided decision making?
4.
How will you identify customer needs?
5.
Differentiate between criteria weighting and datum method of concept selection?
6.
How will you make decision based on knowledge?
7.
How will you estimate a manufacturing cost?
8.
For what break even analysis is carried out in a company?
9.
Differentiate between final and intermediate design review.
10. Differentiate between Patent and copyright?
11. Differentiate between concept sketches and scheme drawing
12. What are the steps followed in drafting a patent application?
Apply
1.
2.
3.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 47
4.
5.
6.
Unit I
Principles and Problem Identification
Engineering design introduction and definition, Considerations of a good design, Engineering design
interfaces, Principles of engineering design, Problem identification, Design process, simplified approach and
detailed description.
9 Hours
Unit II
Technological innovation and Concept Generation
Introduction, Product and process cycle, Societal considerations in engineering, Creativity and problem
solving, Creativity and problem solving, Creativity methods, Before problem definition step, identifying
customer needs, Marketing, Benchmarking.
9 Hours
Unit III
Concept Evaluation and Design Process
Evaluation methods, Decision making, Decision theory, Classification of manufacturing process, Design for
manufacturing (DFM), Design for Assembly (DFA), Industrial design, Human factors design, Design for
environment.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Planning for Management and Manufacture
Production design specification (PDS), Quality function deployment (QFD), Design review, Value
analysis/engineering, Detail design, Role of processing in design, Materials selection.
9 Hours
Unit V
Intellectual property rights & Case Studies
Introduction, Study prior inventions, Patent, Patent literature, Expert system. Presentation Techniques,
Introduction, Design report, Case studies
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.
Ken Hurst, Engineering Design Principles, Elsevier Science and Technology Books, May 1999.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 48
Course Outcome(s)
Able to understand the pictorial representation
Able to understand different views of orthographic projection
Able to draw the three dimensional object from the given orthographic views
Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment
Preparation
10
15
15
25
Record
Miniproject/
Model examination/
Vivavoce
10
15
10
50
50
Total
Remember
1. Define Graphic communication or drawing.
2. List the different drawing instruments.
3. What is blueprint?
4. What are the applications of engineering graphics?
5. What are the two types of drawings?
6. What are the different types of projections?
7. Define Orthographic projection.
8. What do you mean by I angle projection?
9. What is third angle projection?
10. Define Plan.
11. What is Elevation?
12. List the various types of lines.
13. What do you mean by a Plane?
14. Name the five standard sizes of drawing sheets that are specified by BIS.
15. Give the BIS codes for Lettering, Dimensioning and lines.
16. State few important dimensioning rules.
17. What are the two types of Solids?
18. What is Representative Fraction (RF)?
19. What is a Frustum?
20. Define Truncated solid.
21. What is a section?
22. What do you mean by development of surfaces?
23. State the principle of Isometric projection.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 49
Q. No. 12
Q. No. 13
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 50
Unit I
Concepts and Conventions
Use of drafting instruments BIS conventions and specifications Size, layout and folding of drawing
sheets Lettering and dimensioning. General principles of orthographic projection First angle projection
Layout of views Projection of points, located in all quadrant and straight lines located in the first quadrant
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations.
6 Hours
Unit II
Projection of Solids
Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one
reference plane by change of position method.
6 Hours
Unit III
Section of Solids and Development of Surfaces
Sectioning of solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position by cutting planes
inclined to one Reference: plane Obtaining the true shape of section. Development of lateral surfaces of
simple solids prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.
6 Hours
Unit IV
Isometric Projection and Perspective Projection
Principles of isometric projection isometric scale isometric projections of simple solids, pyramids,
cylinders and cones. Orthographic projection  Systems of orthographic projection  First angle orthographic
projection  Conversion of pictorial to orthographic views (Free hand).
6 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to AutoCAD and 2D Modeling
Starting AutoCAD Interfaces Menus Tool bars Coordinates Limits Units 2D commands
Drawing Commands  Creating a Point, Construction of Lines, Polyline, Multiline, Circles, Arcs, Rectangle,
Polygon, Ellipse, Hatch, Text, Mtext, Linetypes Edit and Modify commands  Copy, Move, Erase, Mirror,
Zoom, Pan, Arrays, Trim, Break, Fillet, Chamfer, Redraw, Regen, Dimensioning, Colors, Layers Exercises
6 Hours
Total: 30+30 Hours
Text Book
1.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
List of Experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 51
6.
Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids like prisms, pyramids cylinder and
cone.
7. Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders.
8. Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views.
9. Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using AutoCAD.
10. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD.
Total: 30 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No
Experiments
Hours
1
2
Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the
planes.
3
4
6
7
8
9
3
3
3
Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using
AutoCAD.
10
Students will be able to use their skills during their project work
Students will be able to understand the practical difficulties encountered in industries during
any assembly work
Students will be able to do simple electronic and electrical work throughout their carrier.
Students will be able to rectify simple problem connected with pipe fittings
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 52
Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment
Preparation
Observation and Results
Record
MiniProject/
Model Examination /
VivaVoce
Total
10
10
10
20
10

20
20
50
50
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Sketch the wiring diagram for a room consist of two fans ,three tubelights, and one plug point.
Sketch the line diagram of the plumbing work carried out in your house.
Sketch all the wooden furniture present in your house in three dimensional view.
How will make a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps?
How will form Staircase and Godown wiring?
Prepare a hexagonal shape pen stand by using power tools.
Prepare a cover with handle by using sheet metal to cover a motor.
Prepare a small trolley to carry wastage by using welding work.
List of Experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 53
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Conditioner.
Making wooden model of symmetric airfoil using carpentry tool.
Making wedge shape wooden model using carpentry tools.
Spot welding and arc welding practice.
Study and assembly of a simple piston engine.
Basic operations of a lathe machine.
Total: 30 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3
Experiments
Forming of simple objects using sheet metal.
Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat.
Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump.
Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using
welding joints.
Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, cell phone stand etc., by using
power tools.
Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes
valves and taps.
Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Washing Machine/
Refrigerator and WindowAirConditioner.
Making wooden model of symmetric airfoil using carpentry tool.
10
11
12
4
5
6
7
Hours
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
3
To obtain the knowledge of expressing periodic functions as Fourier series, Fourier transform
and Z transform which is used to analyze signals in signal processing.
Ability to solve boundary value problems in heat and wave equation using partial differential
equations.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
2. To improve problem evaluation technique.
3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 54
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
S. No
Test I
Test II
Model Examination
End Semester
Examination
20
40
20
40
20
40
30
10
100
30
10
100
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
1
2
3
4
5
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Remember
x z2 y 2 p + y x 2 z2 q = z y 2 x 2 .
2
2
2
x y
2. Solve (D + 2 DD + D )z = x y + e
.
( )
3. Find the halfrange cosine series for the function f x = x, 0 < x < and hence deduce the sum of
the
series
(2n + 1)
n=0
x
f ( x) =
(2 x )
0 x 1
1 x 2
1
.
2
n =1, 3, 5 ,.. n
( )
1 x
for x 1
for  x  > 1
Hence evaluate
sin x
x dx and
sin x
x dx .
f ( x ) cos x dx
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 55
4z3
(2 z 1)2 (z 1)
2n + 3
8. Find Z transform of
.
(n + 1)(n + 2)
7. Find inverse
transform
8z 2
(2 z 1)(4 z + 1)
10. Give a function which is self reciprocal under Fourier sine and cosine transform.
Apply
1. Find the PDE of all planes having equal intercepts on the x and y axis.
2. Form the PDE of all planes passing through the origin.
3. Expand the function
4. A function y=f(x) is given by the following table of values. Make the harmonic analysis
of the function in (0,T) up to the second harmonic.
x
0
T/6
T/3
T/2
2T/3
5T/6
T
y
0
9.2
14.4
17.8
17.3
11.7
0
5. Obtain the constant term and the first harmonic in the Fourier series expansion in (0,12) for the function
y = f(x) defined by the table below
x
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
f (x)
1.8
1.1
0.3
0.16
0.5
1.5
2.16
1.88
1.25
1.30 1.76 2.00
6. A taut string of length L is fastened at both ends. The midpoint of the string is taken to a height of b and
then released from rest in this position. Find the displacement of the string at any time t.
7. A string is stretched between two fixed points at a distance 2L apart and the points of the string are given
Initial velocities v where
v = cx /L
0 < x <L
= c (2L  x) /L
L < x < 2L . x being the distance from an end
point. Find the displacement of the string at any subsequent time.
8. A rod 30 cm long, has its ends A and B at 20C and 80C respectively, until steady state conditions
prevail. The temperature at the end B is then suddenly reduced to 60 C and at the end A is raised to 40
C and maintained so. Find the resulting temperature u (x,t).
9. A rectangular plate with insulated surface is 10 cm wide so long compared to its width that it may be
Considered infinite length .If the temperature along the short edge y=0 is given by 8 sin(
0
x
10
) , while the
two long edges x= 0 and x=10 as well as the other short edge are kept at 0 c . Find the steady state
temperature.
4. Evaluate
(x
5. Evaluate
(x
0
dx
using transform method.
+ a x2 + b2
2
)(
dx
2
+ a2
and
(x
0
x 2 dx
2
+ a2
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 56
e ax
, a >0.
x
7. Find Fourier sine and cosine transform of eax , a > 0 and hence find Fourier sine and cosine transform of
x eax.
8. Find Fourier transform of e
a2 x2
x2
2
transform
4z3
.
(2 z 1)2 (z 1)
Unit I
Fourier Series
Dirichlets conditions General Fourier series Odd and even functions Half range cosine and sine series
Parsevals Identity  Harmonic Analysis Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Fourier Transform
Fourier transform pair Sine and Cosine transforms Properties Transforms of simple functions
Convolution theorem  Parsevals IdentityFinite Fourier Transform Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Z Transform and Difference Equations
Ztransform  Elementary properties Inverse Ztransform Convolution theorem Formation of difference
equations Solution of difference equations using Z transform  Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Partial Differential Equations
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions
Solution of standard types of first order partial differential equations (excluding reducible to standard forms )
Lagranges linear equation Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant
coefficients.
9 Hours
Unit V
Boundary value problems
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations Fourier series solutions of one
dimensional wave equation One dimensional heat equation (Insulated ends excluded ) Steady state
solution of twodimensional heat equation (Insulated edges excluded ) Fourier series solutions in Cartesian
coordinates .
9 Hours
Total: 45+15Hours
Text Books
1 B. S .Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi ,2000.
2 K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers, Volume III, Vikas Publishing House,
New Delhi,2008.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 57
References
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics ,Volume III , S. Chand &
Co., New Delhi, 2008.
2. E. Kreyszig. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th Edition , John Wiley & Sons, Inc,Singapore
(2008).
3. T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi, 2008.
To give brief descriptions on the behaviour of materials due to axial, bending, tensional and
combined loads.
By acquiring the knowledge of solid mechanics, students are able to take up works of
mechanical, civil, structural and aeronautical engineering
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
50
20
100
10
20
50
20
100
Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Remember
1. Draw the stress strain diagram for a ductile material.
2. Define shear force and bending moment.
3. A cantilever beam of 2 m long is carrying a point load of 20 kN at its free end. Calculate the slope at
the free end. Assume EI = 12 103 kNm2
4. What is the maximum slope of a simply supported beam subjected to udl over the entire span and
where does it occur?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 58
5. Differentiate open coiled helical spring from the close coiled helical spring and state the type of
stress induced in each spring due to an axial load
6. When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion, how does the shear stress vary?
7. What are principal stresses and principal planes?
8. Name the stresses induced in a thin walled cylinder subjected to internal fluid pressure.
9. Derive a relation for change in length of a bar of uniformly tapering circular section subjected to an
axial tensile load W.
Understand
1. State any four assumptions made in the theory of simple bending.
2. Derive the bending formula M/I = f/y = E/R
3. What is a point of inflection?
4. State the theory of simple bending.
5. When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion, how does the shear stress vary?
6. Differentiate in the failure mechanism of short and long columns.
7. Define buckling load.
8. Write the effective length of column for both ends pinned condition
9. Write the effective length of column for both ends fixed condition.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
A bar of length 1 m and diameter 30 mm is centrally bored for 0.4 m from one end, the bore
diameter being 10 mm. Under a load of 25 kN (applied axially), if the extension of the bar is 0.185
mm, what is the modulus of elasticity of the bar?
For a given material, Young's modulus is 1 105 N/mm2 and modulus of rigidity is 0.4 105
N/mm2. Find the Bulk modulus and lateral contraction of a round bar of the above material of 50
mm diameter and 2.5 m long when stretched 2.5 mm. Take Poisson's ratio as .
A reinforced concrete column 500 mm 500 mm in section is reinforced with 4 steel bars of 25
mm diameter; one in each corner, the column is carrying a load of 1000 kN. Find the stresses in the
concrete and steel bars. Take E for steel = 210 103 N/mm2 and E for concrete = 14 103 N/mm2.
A simply supported beam of span 6 m is acted upon by a point load of 60 kN at 4 m from one
support. Taking I = 8000 cm4 and E = 2 105 N/mm2. Calculate deflection at the point of loading
and the slope at both the supports. Also, calculate the maximum deflection.
A cantilever beam with a span of 3 m carries a point load of 35 kN at a distance of 2 m from the
fixed end. Determine the slope and deflection at the free end and at the point where the load is
applied. Take I = 11924 cm4 and E = 200 GN/m2.
A solid shaft is to transmit 320 kW at 100 rpm. If the shear stress is not to exceed 80 MPa, find the
diameter of the shaft. What percentage saving in weight would be obtained if this shaft were to be
replaced by a hollow one whose internal diameter equals 0.6 of the external diameter, the length,
material and maximum shear stress being the same?
A helical spring of circular crosssection wire 18 mm in diameter is loaded by a force of 500 N. The
mean coil diameter of the spring is 125 mm. The modulus of rigidity is 80 kN/mm2. Determine the
maximum shear stress in the material of the spring. What number of coils must the spring have for
its deflection to be 6mm?
At a point in material under stress, the intensity of the resultant stress on a certain plane is 60 MPa
(tensile) inclined at 30 to normal of that plane. The stress on a plane at right angles to this has a
normal stress of 40 MPa (tensile). Find (i) the resultant stress on the second plane
(ii) the principal planes and stresses and (iii) the plane of maximum shear and its intensity.
A cylindrical shell 1 m in diameter (internal) and 15 mm wall thickness is 3 m long. Calculate the
maximum intensity of shear stress induced and also the changes in the dimensions of the shell if it
is subjected to an internal pressure of 1.5 N/mm2. Take E = 2.04 105 N/mm2 and 1/m = 0.3
Create
1.
A simply supported beam AB of 6 m span is loaded as shown in Fig. Draw the SFD and BMD.
Calculate the maximum bending moment and the point where it occurs.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 59
Unit I
Basics and Axial Loading
Stress and Strain Hookes Law Elastic constants and their relationship Volumetric strain. Statically
determinate cases  bar with uniform and varying section statically indeterminate cases composite bar.
Thermal Stresses stresses due to freely falling weight.
Understanding of properties of ductile and brittle materials.
9 Hours
Unit II
Stresses in Beams
Shear force and bending moment diagrams for simply supported and cantilever beams Bending stresses in
straight beams Shear Stresses in bending of beams with various cross sections beams of uniform
strength.
Load carrying capacity of beams and their free body diagrams.
9 Hours
Unit III
Deflection of Beams
Double integration method McCauleys method Area moment method Conjugate beam method.
Principle of momentum.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Torsion
Torsion of circular shafts  shear stresses and twist in solid and hollow circular shafts closely coiled helical
springs.
Application of torsional effects.
9 Hours
Unit V
Bi Axial Stresses
Stresses in thin circular cylinder and spherical shell under internal pressure. Combined loading Principal
Stresses and maximum Shear Stresses  Analytical and Graphical methods.
Mohrs theory and circle diagram.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. R. K. Rajput Strength of Materials (Mechanics of Solids), S. Chand & Co, 2009.
2. S. Timoshenko and D. H.Young, Elements of strength Materials, Vol. I and Vol. II, T. Van No Strand
CoInc Princeton N.J. 1990.
References
1. C. L. Dym and I. H. Shames, Solid Mechanics, 1990.
2. Nash William, Strength of Materials, TMH, 1998.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 60
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of heat transfer.
2.
Improve the heat transfer rate for different modes.
3.
Performance analysis of heat exchanger.
4.
Analysis of different modes of mass transfer.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Understand
1.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 61
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Analyze/Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Create
1.
2.
Based on the principles, list the various stages required in designing a new refrigerator?
Design a vapour compression refrigeration system that will maintain the refrigerated space at
15C while operating in an environment at 20C using refrigerant 134a as a working fluid.
Unit I
Basic Thermodynamics
Systems, Zeroth Law, First Law  Heat and work transfer in flow and nonflow processes, Second law,
Kelvin Planck statement  Clausius statement  concept of entropy  Clausius inequality  entropy change in
nonflow processes.
Properties of fluids and gases.
9 Hours
Unit II
Air Cycles
Otto, Diesel, Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles Air standard efficiency  Mean effective
pressure Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of four stroke and two stroke IC Engines.
Study of different types of thermodynamic processes.
9 Hours
Unit III
Thermodynamics of One Dimensional Fluid Flow
Application of Continuity and energy equations Isentropic flow of ideal gases through nozzles  Simple jet
propulsion system  Thrust of rocket motor Specific impulse.
Principle of mass and energy conservation.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Principles of refrigeration, Air conditioning  Heat pumps  Vapour compression  Vapour absorption types Coefficient of performance, Properties of refrigerants.
Study of a domestic refrigerator and an airconditioner.
9 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 62
Unit V
Air Compressors
Classification and working principle, work of compression with and without clearance, Isothermal and
Isentropic efficiency of reciprocating air compressors, multistage compression and intercooling.
Study of a commercial compressor.
9 Hours
Total: 45 + 15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGrawHills Co., Ltd., Seventh Edn., 2005.
Rajput, Introduction to Thermodynamics, Lakshmi Publications, Mumbai, 2009.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 63
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
20
30
20
30
100
20
30
20
30
100
Model
Examination
20
30
20
30
100
Semester End
Examination
20
30
20
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Understand
1. Differentiate absolute altitude and true altitude.
2. Explain the use of pitot static instruments.
3. Explain what fly by wire system means.
4. Differentiate the starting procedure of piston and jet engine aircraft.
5. What are the advantages of aircraft pressurization?
6. Differentiate between fly by wire and fly by light system.
7. Draw vane type and piston type shimmy dampers.
8. Give the frequency band in electromagnetic spectrum.
9. Why priming is needed for aircraft power plant?
10. Classify ice detectors and fire extinguisher system.
11. Distinguish between engine and navigation instrument
12. What are cooling packs?
13. What are the limitations of the oxygen system?
14. What are the advantages of power assisted systems?
15. What are the advantages of gyroscopic instruments?
16. Write the limitations of altimeter.
17. Write the advantages of vapour cycle system
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 64
Unit I
Airplane Control Systems
Conventional Systems  Power assisted and fully powered flight controls  Power actuated systems Engine
control systems  Push pull rod system, flexible push full rod system  Components  Modern control
systems  Digital fly by wire systems  Auto pilot system active control Technology, Communication and
Navigation systems Instrument landing systems, VOR  CCV case studies.
Study of FADEC (Full Authority Digital Engine Control system).
9 Hours
Unit II
Aircraft Systems
Hydraulic systems  Study of typical workable system  components  Hydraulic system controllers  Modes
of operation  Pneumatic systems  Advantages  Working principles  Typical Air pressure system Brake
system  Typical Pneumatic power system  Components, Landing Gear systems  Classification Shock
absorbers  Retractive mechanism.
Study of fuel control systems for both commercial and fighter aircrafts.
9 Hours
Unit III
Engine Systems
Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines. Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines  Starting and Ignition
systems  Typical examples for piston and jet engines.
Engine vibration, torque and temperature measuring methods.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Auxiliary System
Basic Air cycle systems Vapour Cycle systems, BoostStrap air cycle system Evaporative vapour cycle
systems Evaporative air cycle systems Oxygen systems Fire protection systems, Deicing and anti icing
systems.
Study of engine cooling systems of an aircraft.
9 Hours
Unit V
Aircraft Instruments
Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments Gyroscope Accelerometers, Air speed Indicators TAS,
EAS Mach Meters Altimeters Principles and operation Study of various types of engine instruments
Tachometers Temperature gauges Pressure gauges Operation and Principles.
Study of T instruments.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. J. L. McKinley and R. D. Bent, Aircraft Maintenance & Repair, Tata McGrawHill, 2010.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 65
2.
References
1. J. L. Mekinley and R. D. Bent, Aircraft Power Plants, Tata McGrawHill, 2010.
2. E. H. J. Pallet, Aircraft Instruments & Principles, Pitman & Co., 1997.
3. Treager, S., Gas Turbine Technology, Tata McGrawHill, 2008.
11A305 CONTROL ENGINEERING
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software
packages necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of aircraft system and controls
2.
Design of block diagram of control system
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
50
20
100
Test II
10
20
50
20
100
Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 66
eronautical
6.
Distinguish between open loop and closed loop system
7.
Define transfer function.
8.
What is block diagram?
9.
What is a signal flow graph?
10. Write Masons Gain formula.
Understand
1. Define damping ratio.
2. List the time domain specifications.
3. Define peak overshoot.
4. What are the different types of controll
controllers?
5. What is steady state error?
6. What is frequency response?
7. What is Bode plot?
8. What are the main advantages of Bode plot?
9. What is Nichols chart?
10. What are the advantages of Nichols chart?
Apply & Evaluate:
1. What are the three types of compensators?
2. Determine the transfer function X1(S) / F(S) and X2(S) / F(S) of the mechanical system shown in
Figure.
Obtain the closed loop transfer function C(S) / R(S) of the system whose block diagram is shown in
Figure. Use Block diagram reduction technique and verify the transfer function with signal flow
graph technique.
Obtain the unit impulse response and unit step response of a unity feedback system whose open
loop transfer function is G(s) = (2 s + 1) / s2.
Create
1. The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback system is given by G(s) = 20 / (s2 + 5s + 6).
Determine the damping ratio, maximum overshoot, rise time and peak time. Derive the used
formula.
2. Derive the unit step, ramp and impulse response of a first order system and draw the curves
3. Sketch the Nyquist plot for a feedback system with the open loop transfer function
G(s) H(s) = [K (s + 3) (s + 5)] / [(s 2) (s 4)]. Determine the range of K for which the system is
stable.
4. Sketch
the
Bode
plot
for
a
unity
feedback
system
characterized
by
G(s) H(s) = ( K (1 + 0.2 s) ( 1 + 0.025 s)) / (s2 ( 1 + 0.01 s) ( 1 + 0.005 s)).
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 67
Unit I
Introduction
Historical review Simple pneumatic, hydraulic and thermal systems, Series and parallel systems,
Analogies Mechanical and electrical components, Development of flight control systems.
Comparison between hydraulic and pneumatic controllers.
9 Hours
Unit II
Open and Closed Loop Systems
Feedback control systems Block diagram representation of control systems, Reduction of block diagrams,
Output to input ratios, Signal flow graph.
Open loop system for aircraft controls.
9 Hours
Unit III
Characteristic Equation and Functions
Lap lace transformation, Response of systems to different inputs viz., Step input, impulse, ramp, parabolic
and sinusoidal inputs, Time response of first and second order systems, steady state errors and error
constants of unity feedback circuit.
Study of characteristic equations for autopilot.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Concept of Stability
Necessary and sufficient conditions, Routh Hurwitz criteria of stability, Root locus and Bode techniques,
Concept and construction, frequency response.
Study of aircraft stability analysis.
9 Hours
Unit V
Sampled Data Systems
Introduction to digital control system, Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers.
Applications in aircraft.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Ogato, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 1998.
2. M. Gopal, Control Systems, Principles and design Tata McGrawHill Publication, New Delhi,
2000.
References
1. J. J. D. Azzo and C. H. Houpis, Feed back control system analysis and synthesis, McGraw Hill
International, 3rd Edition, 1998.
2. B. C. Kuo, Automatic control systems, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
3. C. H. Houpis and G. B. Lamont, Digital Control Systems, McGrawHill Book Co. New York, USA
1995.
4. Naresh K. Sinha, Control Systems, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 68
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
Course Outcome(s)
Analysis of materials by various testing.
1.
2.
Improve the properties by using heat treatment methods.
3.
Prevent the corrosion by plating.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Test I
Test II
20
20
20
30
10
100
20
20
20
30
10
100
Model
Examination
20
20
20
30
10
100
Semester End
Examination
20
20
20
30
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 69
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Analyze
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
Create
1. Design the aircraft wing with high strength to weight ratio.
2. Design the landing gear to with stand high impact load.
Unit I
Steel and its Alloys
Introduction to Aircraft materials and classification of metallic and nonmetallic materials.
SAE, MIL specification, effect of alloying elements properties & heat treatment of aircraft steels, Nickel,
testing of materials. Super alloysIron base, Cobalt base per alloys, their composition and application.
Study of aircraft components using the above materials.
9 Hours
Unit II
Non Ferrous Alloys and Heat Treatment
Properties, Heat treatment and applications of aluminum alloys. Precipitation Hardening, Dispersion
strengthening. Magnesium & titanium alloysits uses in aircraft parts.
Heat treatment methods.
9 Hours
Unit III
Corrosion and its Prevention
Corrosion of dissimilar metals (Carbon Steel and Aluminum alloy joint; stainless steel and aluminum alloy
joint Corrosion protection of Aircraft steel; aluminum and magnesium alloys; cadmium plating; chromium
plating. Chromatizing, galvanizing.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 70
1.
2.
References
R. W. Hertzberg, Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering Materials, 4th Edition,
John Wiley, USA, 1996.
T. H. Courtney, Mechanical behavior of materials, McGrawHill, USA, 1990.
Rishi Raj, Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures, American Society for Metals, USA, 1985.
3
2.
3.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c)
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Improve the practical knowledge for design experiments.
2.
Good in Application oriented experiments.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 71
Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
15
20
Record
10
15
15
50
50
Understand
1. State any four assumptions made in the theory of simple bending.
2. Derive the bending formula M/I = f/y = E/R
3. What is a point of inflection?
4. State the theory of simple bending.
5. When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion, how does the shear stress vary?
6. Differentiate in the failure mechanism of short and long columns.
7. Define buckling load.
8. Write the effective length of column for both ends pinned condition.
9. Write the effective length of column for both ends fixed condition.
Apply / Evaluate
1. A bar of length 1 m and diameter 30 mm is centrally bored for 0.4 m from one end, the bore
diameter being 10 mm. Under a load of 25 kN (applied axially), if the extension of the bar is 0.185
mm, what is the modulus of elasticity of the bar?
2. For a given material, Youngs modulus is 1 105 N/mm2 and modulus of rigidity is 0.4 105
N/mm2. Find the Bulk modulus and lateral contraction of a round bar of the above material of 50
mm diameter and 2.5 m long when stretched 2.5 mm. Take Poissons ratio as .
3. A reinforced concrete column 500 mm 500 mm in section is reinforced with 4 steel bars of 25
mm diameter; one in each corner, the column is carrying a load of 1000 kN. Find the stresses in the
concrete and steel bars. Take E for steel = 210 103 N/mm2 and E for concrete = 14 103 N/mm2.
4. A simply supported beam of span 6 m is acted upon by a point load of 60 kN at 4 m from one
support. Taking I = 8000 cm4 and E = 2 105 N/mm2. Calculate deflection at the point of loading
and the slope at both the supports. Also, calculate the maximum deflection.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 72
List of Experiments
1. Determination of hardness of a given material using (a) Vicrkers (b) Brinell (c) Rockwell and (d)
Shore testing
2. Determination of a tensile strength of a given steel plate using Universal Testing machine.
3. Determination of tensile strength of a given aluminum rod using Universal Testing machine.
4. Determination of a impact strength of a given materials by (a) Izod and (b)Charpy test
5. Determination of a fatigue strength of a given material using (a) Reverse plate bending and (b)
Rotating
Beam testing
6. Testing of springs
7. Determination of a compression strength of a concrete block
8. Bending Stress measurement in a cantilever beam using strain gauge.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
Hours
2
3
4
5
6
6
6
6
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
Fluid, like, viscosity, density and, incompressible and compressible flow.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations along with heat
transfer and design considerations in engineering calculations.
To learn fundamental calculations in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics and design.
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c)
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of fluid mechanics.
2.
Improve the fluid operating parameters.
3.
Performance analysis equipments
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 73
4.
Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment
10
15
Preparation
Observation and Results
Record
Semester End
Examination
15
20
10
15
50
15
50
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 74
Create
1. Design a centrifugal pump according to the specific speed.
2. Design a positive displacement pump for the continuous supply.
List of Experiments
1. Select a simple flow measuring device and finds its coefficient of discharge to make it
applicable to any closed pipe flow
2. Select an efficient flow measuring device to measure the flow of water in a closed pipe and
find its coefficient of discharge.
3. Use of a vertically oriented flow measuring device to measure the discharge of a pipe flow
and find its significant parameters.
4. Measure and show the major loss of given pipe with water flowing inside then compare
any two pipes.
5. Find a suitable pump for domestic application and find its optimum performance
parameters.
6. Select a non rotary positive displacement pump and finds its optimum performance
parameters.
7. Perform experiments on a rotary type positive displacement pump to pumping high
viscous fluids and finds its optimum parameters.
8. Operate an available impulse turbine with various water heads and conclude its best
performance parameters.
9. Operate an available low head turbine suitable for kodivery dam with various water heads
and conclude its best performance parameters.
10. Operate an axial flow turbine suitable for high discharge applications, with various water
heads and conclude its best performance parameters.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Experiments
Select a simple flow measuring device and finds its coefficient of discharge to
make it applicable to any closed pipe flow
Select an efficient flow measuring device to measure the flow of water in a
closed pipe and find its coefficient of discharge.
Use of a vertically oriented flow measuring device to measure the discharge
of a pipe flow and find its significant parameters.
Measure and show the major loss of given pipe with water flowing inside then
compare any two pipes.
Find a suitable pump for domestic application and find its optimum
performance parameters.
Select a non rotary positive displacement pump and finds its optimum
performance parameters.
Perform experiments on a rotary type positive displacement pump to pumping
high viscous fluids and finds its optimum parameters.
Operate an available impulse turbine with various water heads and conclude
its best performance parameters.
Operate an available low head turbine suitable for kodivery dam with various
water heads and conclude its best performance parameters.
Operate an axial flow turbine suitable for high discharge applications, with
various water heads and conclude its best performance parameters.
Hours
6
4
4
4
4
4
6
5
4
4
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 75
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
Heat, and heat flow flow.
To understand the application of various experimental energy correlations in engineering calculations
To learn fundamental calculations in heat transfer.
To understand the basic concepts of various modes of heat transfer.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
10
15
10
15
20

Preparation
Observation and Results
Record
MiniProject / Model Examination/ VivaVoce
15
Total
15
50
50
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
Evaluate the difference between port timing and valve timing diagrams.
Is it possible to design a refrigerator system for one particular COP?
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 76
3.
4.
Create
1. Find out the effectiveness of the parallel flow heat exchanger.
2. Find out the COP of the given vapour compression test rig.
List of Experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Experiments
Performance test on a 4stroke engine
Valve timing of a 4 stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engine
Determination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchanger
Determination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchanger
Determination of the viscosity coefficient of a given liquid
COP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rig
COP test on a vapour compression airconditioning test rig
Study of a gas turbine engine
Determination of conductive heat transfer coefficient
Determination of thermal resistance of a composite wall
Hours
6
4
4
4
4
4
6
5
4
4
Acquire the knowledge of finding approximate solutions of algebraic, transcendental, differential and
integral equations by numerical methods and interpolating the values of a function using Lagranges
and Newtons polynomial approximations.
Ability to find solution of initial and boundary value problems using multi step approximations and
ability to solve boundary value problems using finite difference methods.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 77
2.
3.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model Examination
End Semester
Examination
20
40
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
20
40
30
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Understand
1. Give an example of a transcendental equation?
2. Write the condition of convergence of Iteration method.
3. What is the order of convergence of Newton Raphson method?
4. Write the differences between Direct and Iterative method.
5. State the sufficient condition for solving Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel method.
6. Using Lagranges interpolation, find the polynomial through (0,0), (1,1) and (2,2).
7. What do you mean by power method.
8. State the way in which you can find the solution for Laplace equation.
9. Write Milnes & Adams Predictor and Corrector formula.
10. What are the methods for solving simultaneous algebraic equations.
Apply
1
Obtain by power method, the numerically largest eigen value of the matrix
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 78
15 4 3
1
10 12 6 with the starting vector x ( 0 ) = 1 . Perform only 4 iterations.
A=
20 4 2
1
f ( x) =
1
, find the divided difference f (a, b).
x2
x:
6
7
9
12
f ( x ) : 1.556 1.690 1.908 2.158
6. The following data gives the velocity of a particle for 20 secs at an interval of 5secs.
Find the acceleration for the following data
7.
8.
9.
10.
time(sec) :
0 5 10 15
20
velocity(m / s) : 0 3 14 69 228
1
3
Analyze / Evaluate
1.
1 0 5
4. Use Lagranges interpolation formula to find the value of x when y = 20 for the following
data . X : 1 2 3 4
Y: 1
8
27
64
2
5. Given 5 x y + y 2 = 0 ; y (4 )= 1; y (4.1) = 1.0049 find
i)y ( 4.2 ) by Eulers method
ii) y (4.3) by Rungekutta method
iii) y ( 4.4 ) by Adams method.
6.Using Taylor series method, find the value of y(0.1) , given dy /dx = x + y and y (0) =1 and correct
to 3 decimal places.
7.Using BenderSchmitt formula, solve
2u u
, u (0,t ) =0, u (5,t) = 0 , u (x,0) = x2 (25 x2).
=
x 2 t
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 79
Unit I
Solution of Equations and Eigen Value Problems
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations by the method of False position Newton Raphson
method Solution of system of linear equations : Gauss elimination method and GaussJordan method
Iterative method: Gauss Seidel method Inverse of a matrix by GaussJordan method. Eigen value of a
matrix by power method.
9 Hours
Unit II
Interpolation and Curve Fitting
Newton s Forward and Backward interpolation. Newtons Divided difference interpolation formula
Lagranges interpolation formula Fitting of curves by the method of Least squares: Straight line,Parabolic
curves and the conversion of equations of the curves in the form of straight lines.
9 Hours
Unit III
Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Derivatives from difference table Numerical differentiation using Newton s
forward and backward
interpolation formulae Numerical integration by Trapezoidal and Simpsons 1/3 and 3/8 rules Rombergs
method Two and three point Gaussian quadrature formulae Double integrals using Trapezoidal and
Simpsons rules.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Initial Value Problems for Ordinary Differential Equations
Single step Methods : Taylor Series method for solving first and second order equations  Eulers and
Modified Eulers methods  Fourth order RungeKutta method for solving first order equations  Multistep
methods Milnes and Adams predictor and corrector methods.
9 Hours
Unit V
Boundary Value Problems
Finite difference solution for the second order ordinary differential equations Finite difference solution for
one dimensional heat equation by implicit and explicit methods one dimensional wave equation and two
dimensional Laplaces and Poissons equations.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
MAT LAB: Invited Lectures on Mat lab and its applications on Numerical methods.
Text Books
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Numerical Methods, S.Chand and Co. New
Delhi, 2009.
2. B.K. Moorthy, P. Geetha, Numerical Methods ,Tata McGrawHill Publication company Ltd, New
Delhi 2010, First Edition
References
1. R. L Burden, and T.D Faries, Numerical Analysis, Seventh Edition, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
Singapore, 2002.
2. K. Sankara Rao , Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Third Ed.Prentice Hall of India,
2007.
3. C.F Gerald., and P.Owheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education
Asia, New Delhi.2006.
4. T.Veerarajan, Numerical Methods with programs in C,
Second Edition, Tata McGrawHill
Publication,co.Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.
11A402 AERODYNAMICS I
3 0 0 3.0
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 80
Objective(s)
To introduce the governing equations for the fluid flow and different basics ideal air flow.
To familiarize with the thin airfoils and wings with flow over them and Concept of Aerodynamics
forces
To learn the effect of viscous flows over the bodies.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(k) Desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
Knowledge
of
basic
subjects
thermodynamics, fluid
Mechanics
Mathematics required.
Interpretation of analytical, experimental and Computational skills required.
2.
3.
Numerical problems solving skills required.
Assessment Pattern
1.
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
and
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1. What are the advantages and disadvantages of a thin wing?
2. What are the advantages and disadvantages of sweepback?
3. Why are wings swept?
4. Why does not the B777 have winglets?
5. Define pitch attitude.
6. What is the mean camber line?
7. Define chord.
8. Positive camber, negative camber, symmetrical airfoil definitions.
9. Define Mach number detachment
10. What is Mach number?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 81
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
A Circular cylinder of 1.2 m diameter and 7 m length rotates at 100 rpm with its axis
perpendicular to an airstream of 40 m/s. Calculate the circulation around the cylinder, the lift
force and position of stagnation points. Assume 1.24 .
2.
A wing with an elliptical plan form and an elliptical lift distribution has an aspect of 6 and
a span of 12m. The wing loading is 900 , when flying at a speed of 150 at sea
level. Compute the induced drag for this wing.
3.
when 0
Calculate the displacement thickness, momentum thickness and compare their values?
The NACA 4412 airfoil has a mean camber line given by
Z
X
X
X
0.25 0.8
when 0 0.4
C
C
C
C
Create
1. How does a wing work?
2. Design the symmetrical airfoil using Source or Vortex panel numerical method.
Unit I
Review of Basic Fluid Mechanics
Continuity, momentum and energy equations in integral and differential form in Cartesian coordinate
system.
Study of fluid properties.
8 Hours
Unit II
Two Dimensional Flows
Basic flows Source, Sink, Free and Forced vortex, uniform parallel flow. Their combinations, Pressure and
velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows. Kutta Joukowskis
theorem.
Flow over a circular cylinder.
9 Hours
Unit III
Conformal Transformation
Joukowski transformation and its application to fluid flow problems, Kutta condition, Blasius theorem.
Applications of conformal transformation.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Airfoil and Wing Theory
Joukowski, Karman Trefftz, Profiles Thin aerofoil theory and its applications. Vortex line, Horse shoe
vortex, Biot and Savart law, Lifting line theory and its limitations.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 82
To impart students with the knowledge about the basics of Mechanisms and understand the geometry
of motion at any point in a link of a mechanism.
To facilitate students to understand the types of cam and follower, motion and profile drawing of
cam.
To give awareness to students on the phenomenon of direction of rotation, speed and torque
determination for simple, compound and planetary gear systems.
To understand the effects of friction in motion transmission and in machine components.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 83
1
2
Remember
Understand
25
30
20
30
10
20
10
20
Apply/ Evaluate
45
50
70
70
Analyze
Create
100
100
100
100
Total
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 84
eronautical
4. How to find the Length of Stroke of the Crank and Slotted Lever Quick Return Motion Mechanism?
5. How to draw the velocity and acceleration diagram for a slider link?
6. How to draw the velocity and acceleration diagram for a fixed link?
7. How to calculate the radial and tangential component of acce
acceleration of a link?
8. What is the condition to draw the tangential component for an input link?
9. What is the difference between Prime Circle and Pitch Circle of Cam?
10. Differentiate Pitch and Trace point of a cam.
11. How the follower is classified according to the surface in contact and path of motion?
12. Compare the different types of motion used in cam and follower motion?
13. Draw the displacement, Velocity and acceleration diagram for the follower moves with simple harmonic
motion.
14. How the power is transmitted in bevel and worm gear drive?
beve
15. Which type of profile generally used in gear? Give reason
16. Discuss length of path of contact and length of arc of contact in gear systems.
17. How to find the velocity ratio of epicyclic gear train?
18. What are the factors affecting the amou of power transmission?
amount
19. State the disadvantages of the V belt drive over flat belt drive.
20. What type of belt drive is selected for rotating the opposite direction of rotation of driver and driven
pulley?
21. What are the factors considering the selection of t belt drive?
the
22. Compare Sliding friction and Rolling friction
23. List the various factors depends on the capacity of the brake.
Apply/Evaluate
1.
2.
Fig. 1
3.
4.
Unit I
Mechanisms
Basic concepts of Link, Pair, Chain, Mechanism, Machine and Structure, Degree of freedom, Grueblers
criteria Kutzback Criterian, Grashoffs Law. Inversions of Four bar and Slider Crank Mechanisms.
rashoffs
Mechanical advantage Transmission Angle, Determination of velocity and acceleration (Simple Problems
only).
Crank and lever mechanism.
9 Hours
Unit II
Friction
Friction in screw threads Bearings and lubrication Belt Drives  Types Velocity Ratio Slip of Belt
Creep of Belt Ratio of Driving. Tensions for Flat Belt Drive Determination of Angle of Contact Initial
Centrifugal and Maximum tension in the Belts Condition for Maximum Power: V Belt Drive. Ratio of
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 85
tensions Effect of centrifugal and initial tension Condition for maximum power transmission Open and
crossed belt drive. Rope Drives. Friction clutches Single plate, Multi plate and Cone clutches (Basics
only).
Study of few commercial belt drives.
9 Hours
Unit III
Gears and Cams
Gear profile and geometry Nomenclature of spur and helical gears, Law of gearing (Simple problems only)
Gear trains: (Basics only) Cams Types of cams Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration diagrams of
Uniform Velocity Motion, Simple Harmonic Motion, Uniform Acceleration and Retardation Motion and
Cycloidal Motion. Knife edged, flat faced and roller followers with and without offsets.
Industrial applications of gears and cams.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Balancing and Governors
Introduction Balancing of a simple mass rotating in same plane Different planes   Balancing of several
masses rotating in same plane Different planes Swaying couple Hammere Blow Balancing of V
engines. Governor Introduction Types Watt, Porter, Proell Governors (Basics Only)
Working principle of governor in commercial vehicle.
9 Hours
Unit V
Vibration
Free, forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems Force transmitted to supports
Vibration isolation Vibration absorption Torsional vibration of shaft Single and multi rotor systems
Geared shafts Critical speed of shaft.
Study of commercial vibration measuring instruments.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
Rattan.S.S, Theory of Machines, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Co, New Delhi, 2004.
Ballaney.P.L, Theory of Machines, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rao, J.S and Dukkipati, R.V, Mechanism and Machine Theory, 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,
1992.
Malhotra, D.R and Gupta, H.C., The Theory of Machines, Satya Prakasam, Tech. India
Publications, 1989.
Gosh, A. and Mallick, A.K., Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Affiliated East West Press,
1989.
Shigley, J.E. and Uicker, J.J., Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, McGrawHill, 1980.
Burton Paul, Kinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machinery, Prentice Hall, 1979.
11A404 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To impart knowledge on both conventional and non conventional methods of producing things
under major groups of manufacturing.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 86
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Making of different casting processes
2.
Improve the strength of principle of arc and gas welding.
3.
Performance analysis of various moulding methods
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyse/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
40
30
30
100
40
30
30
100
Model
Examination
40
30
30
100
Semester End
Examination
40
30
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Apply
1. What is draft allowance? How is it provided for patterns?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 87
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Unit I
Casting Processes
Introduction to manufacturing Casting process Green sand mould preparation Pattern: Materials and
types, allowances Sand properties Moulding methods Cores: need and types Fettling Defects and
Inspection Introduction to special casting techniques: shell moulding, investment casting, die casting
9 Hours
Unit II
Joining Processes
Introduction to welding process Principle of arc and gas welding Tools and equipment Filler and flux
materials Flame types Weld defects Safety in welding Other welding processes: resistance welding,
submerged arc welding, tungsten inert gas welding (TIG) and metal inert gas welding (MIG) Brazing and
soldering Adhesive bonding.
9 Hours
Unit III
Mechanical Working of Metals
Introduction to hot and cold working  Forging: open and close die, upsetting Rolling: high roll mills and
shape rolling Extrusion: forward and backward, tube extrusion Drawing of wires, rods and tubes Sheet
metal work: shearing and bending operations  Stretch forming Special forming methods: hydro forming,
rubber pad forming, magnetic pulse forming, peen forming and super plastic forming.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Machining Processes
Mechanics of metal cutting Cutting tool: materials, properties, wear and life Cutting fluids
Constructional features of basic machine tools: centre lathe, radial drilling machine, universal milling
machine and shaping machine operations safety practice Introduction to CNC machines.
Finishing processes: Surface finish and its measurements surface grinding and cylindrical grinding
operations Other finishing processes: honing, lapping, polishing and super finishing.
9 Hours
Unit V
Special Processes
Need for unconventional processes Working principle of: abrasive jet machining, electro discharge
machining, electrochemical machining, laser beam machining and electron beam machining
Manufacturing of composite materials: Fiber reinforced polymer composites and metal matrix composites
Robots in manufacturing.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Phillip F. Ostwald and Jairo Munoz, Manufacturing Processes and Systems, 9th Edition, Wiley
India, 2008.
References
1. P. N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology Vol I & II., Tata MC Graw Hill Publishing Ltd, ND, 2009.
2. Mikell P.Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: materials, processesand systems, 2nd
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
3. Roy A. Lindberg, Processes and Materials of Manufacture, 4th Edition, PHI Learning Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
4. P. C. Sharma, A Text book of Production Technology (Manufacturing Processes), S. Chand & Co.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 88
5.
To study the different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading,
supports and end conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components.
To understand the aircraft component failure theory.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(d)
An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different types of structures.
2.
Analysis of axial forces in framed structures.
3.
Understanding the procedure and concept of moment distribution method.
4.
Analysis of different energy methods, columns and failure theories.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
70
100
10
20
70
100
Model
Examination
10
20
70
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 89
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Understand
1. Differentiate truss and frame?
2. Explain the use of Clampeyrons three moment theorem?
3. Explain what is meant by beam of uniform strength?
4. Differentiate the statically determinate structures and statically indeterminate structures?
5. What are the advantages of continuous beam over simply supported beam?
6. A beam of length L and uniform EI is simply supported at its ends. It is subjected uniformly
distributed load of intensity q N/m. Compute the maximum deflection using Castiglianos theorem.
7. Differentiate the perfect and imperfect frames?
8. Compare the unit load method and Castiglianos first theorem.
9. Give the procedure for unit load method.
10. What is relevance of slenderness ratio in column?
11. What are the factors affect the strength column?
12. Differentiate short and long column
13. What are the limitations of the Eulers formula?
14. Advantages of Rakines formula
15. What are the theories used for ductile failures?
16. Write the limitations of Maximum Principal Stress Theory. (Rakines theory)
17. Write the expressions for the maximum bending moment and max, stress developed in a beam
column carrying uniformly distributed load with axial load, hinged at both ends.
18. Write the limitations of maximum strain energy theory. (Beltrami Theory).
Apply / Evaluate
A beam of length L and uniform EI is simply supported at its ends and subjected to a load W
1.
at a distance a from left end. Obtain deflection at the midpoint and at the point of application
of the load using double integration method or area moment method?
2.
Obtain the reaction at the support points of the beam shown in figure. Using moment
distribution method.
2 kn/m
0.5 m
0.4 m
A
3.
4.
0.4 m
C
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 90
5.
Determine the Forces and their nature in all the members of the pinjointed truss shown in
Figure. The truss is subjected to a vertical load of 16kN and horizontal load of 8kN
simultaneously at joint A.
6.
Determine the ratio of buckling loads of two columns of circular crosssection one hollow
and the etuer solid when both are made of same material, have same length, crosssection area
and end conditions. The inner diameter of hollow column is half its outer diameter.
Unit I
Statically Determinate Structures
Analysis of plane truss Method of joints/sections/shear 3 D Truss Plane frames
Study of different types of frames and trusses.
9 Hours
Unit II
Statically Indeterminate Structures
Composite beam Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation Moment Distribution Method.
Study of different types of indeterminate structures.
9 Hours
Unit III
Energy Methods
Strain Energy due to axial, bending and Torsional loads Castiglianos theorem Maxwells Reciprocal
theorem, Unit load method application to beams, trusses, frames, rings, etc.
Study of strain energy in springs.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Columns
Columns with various end conditions Eulers Column curve Rankines formula Column with initial
curvature Eccentric loading South well plot Beam column.
Calculation of shear force of columns.
9 Hours
Unit V
Failure Theory
Maximum Stress theory Maximum Strain Theory Maximum Shear Stress Theory Distortion Theory
Maximum Strain energy theory Application to aircraft Structural problems.
Simple problems on failure theory.
9 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 91
To introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design components subjected to
thermal loading.
To understand heat transfer problems in Aerospace application.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
Course Outcome(s)
Analysis of different modes of heat transfer
1.
2.
Improve the heat transfer rate for different modes
3.
Performance analysis of heat exchanger
4.
Analysis of different modes of mass transfer
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
50
20
100
10
20
50
20
100
Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 92
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Analyzing
1.
2.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
Unit I
Heat Conduction
Basic Modes of Heat Transfer One dimensional steady state heat conduction: Composite Medium
Critical thickness Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity Extended Surfaces Unsteady state.
Heat Conduction: Conduction with phase change Lumped System Analysis Heat Transfer in Semi
infinite and infinite solids Use of Transient Temperature charts Application of numerical techniques.
9 Hours
Unit II
Convective Heat Transfer
Introduction Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate Empirical relation in
free convection Forced convection Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows
between parallel plates, over a flat plate and in a circular pipe. Empirical relations, application of numerical
techniques in problem solving.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 93
9 Hours
Unit III
Radiative Heat Transfer
Introduction to Physical mechanism Radiation properties Radiation shape factors Heat exchange
between non black bodies Radiation shields.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Heat Exchangers
Classification Temperature Distribution Overall heat transfer coefficient, Heat Exchange Analysis
LMTD Method and ENTU Method.
9 Hours
Unit V
Heat Transfer Problems in Aerospace Engineering
High Speed flow heat transfer Aerodynamic heating Ablative heat transfer. Heat Transfer problems in
Gas turbine combustion chamber and nozzle.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
S. C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New
1.
Delhi, 2008.
2.
F. P. Incropera. And D. P. Dewitt, Introduction to Heat Transfer, John Wiley and Sons, 2008.
References
1.
M. Necati zk, Basic Heat Transfer, McGrawHill, 1977.
2.
J. P. Holman, Heat Transfer, McGrawHill Book Co.,Inc., New York, 9th Edn.,2001.
3.
Yunus A. Cengel, Heat Transfer A practical approach, 2nd Edition, Tata McGrawHill, 2002.
4. M. Mathur and R. P. Sharma, Gas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
New Delhi 2009.
I
0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)
Programme Outcome(s)
(c)
An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental
data.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of deflection of beams.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 94
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
15
20
10
15
15
50
50
Total
Remember
1. What is mechanical extensometer?
2. What is an electrical extensometer?
3. Define stress.
4. State Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
5. Define fracture strength.
6. Sketch the schematic arrangement of rivet.
7. Write down the expression for Youngs modulus.
8. State principle of superposition.
9. Classify the beam test set up with various end conditions.
10. Define strain.
11. What are the limitations of universal testing machine?
12. What is meant by weight pass?
13. Define fracture pattern of ductile materials.
14. Define fracture strength of ductile materials.
15. Define fracture strength of brittle materials.
16. Define fracture pattern of brittle materials.
17. What do you mean by the term stress strain curve?
18. Write down the expression for Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
19. What is the other name for southwells plot?
20. Define southwells plot.
Understand
1. What are the effects of rivet in a material?
2. Why the youngs modulus differ from material to material?
3. When will be the youngs modulus of the material reaches maximum?
4. What is the effect of thin cylinder under pressure?
5. Verify Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
6. Verify principle of superposition.
7. Compare fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile materials
8. Compare fracture strength and fracture pattern of brittle materials.
9. Which is efficient strain gauge or stress gauge? Why?
10. Which is efficient pin joint or rivet joint? Why?
11. What are the effects of rivet on a material?
12. It is always useful to have limited load on the material? Why?
13. What will happen after the application of load?
14. What are the effects of deflection of beams with various end conditions?
15. Compare electrical and mechanical extensometer.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 95
16. What is the need to test material with various end conditions?
17. What is the need to thin cylinder under internal pressure?
18. Compare ductile and brittle materials.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
Find the Youngs modulus for steel and aluminium using experiment.
Find the fracture strength and fracture pattern for ductile and brittle materials.
Find the deflection of beams with various end conditions.
Find the stress and strain of the materials.
Analyze
1. Analyze the deflections of beams.
2. Analyze the stress and strain of a constant beam.
3. Analyze the column testing in an experiment you design.
Create
1. Design a column testing apparatus which can bear maximum load.
2. Create a model of south wells plot and find its stress and strain.
3. Design a universal testing machine that will maintain its accurate results even at 15 Celsius.
List of Experiments
1. Determination of Youngs modulus of steel and aluminium using (a) mechanical extensometer
(b) electrical strain gauges.
2. Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittle materials
3. Determination of Stress Strain curve for various engineering materials.
4. Deflection test on a cantilever beam
5. Deflection test on a simply supported beam
6. Verification of Maxwell s Reciprocal theorem
7. Determination of buckling load of a column using Southwell plot
8. Determination of a strength of riveted joints (a) Lap joint (b) Butt joint
9. Verification of principle of superposition.
10. Determination of stresses in the thin cylinder due to internal pressure.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Determination of Youngs modulus of steel and aluminium using (a)
mechanical extensometer (b) electrical strain gauges.
2
Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and
brittle materials
3
Determination of Stress Strain curve for various engineering materials.
4
Deflection test on a cantilever beam
5
Deflection test on a simply supported beam
6
Verification of Maxwell s Reciprocal theorem
7
Determination of buckling load of a column using Southwell plot
8
Determination of a strength of riveted joints
(a) Lap joint (b) Butt Joint
9
Verification of principle of superposition.
10
Determination of stresses in the thin cylinder due to internal pressure.
Hours
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
4
5
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 96
0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)
Programme Outcome(s)
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software package necessary
for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Develop an Interpretation of analytical, experimental and computational skills required.
2. Knowledge of computer and drawing skill.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
15
20
10
15
15
50
50
Total
Remember
1.
Explain briefly with sketches any six tests used for hidden line identification.
2.
Describe how the variable radius fillet works.
3.
Explain the polyhedral object using Brep elements.
4.
Explain the topdown assembly approach.
5.
What are the symbols that were used in drafting?
6.
Define aligned dimension.
7.
What is command line?
8.
What is cross hair cursor?
9.
Define dimension variables?
10. What is an ortho mode?
Understand
1.
Explain the object snap mode.
2.
Define relative coordinates.
3.
Discuss the hatch patterns.
4.
Define graphics window.
5. Explain command prompt.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Distinguish between hidden line removal and hidden surface removal models.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 97
Create
1. Convert single line to double line.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
List of Experiments
Design of riveted joints (a) Lap Joint (b) But Joint (c) Welded joint.
Design of aircraft Landing Gear
Design of aircraft shimmy damper
Layout of typical wing structure.
Layout of typical fuselage structure.
Computer aided modeling of typical aircraft wing.
Computer aided modeling of typical fuselage structure.
Computer aided modeling of landing gear
Three view diagram of a typical aircraft
Layout of control systems
Mini Project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Design of riveted joints (a) Lap Joint (b) But Joint (c) Welded joint.
2
Design of aircraft Landing Gear
3
Design of aircraft shimmy damper
4
Layout of typical wing structure.
5
Layout of typical fuselage structure.
6
Computer aided modeling of typical aircraft wing.
7
Computer aided modeling of typical fuselage structure.
8
Computer aided modeling of landing gear
9
Three view diagram of a typical aircraft
10
Layout of control systems
Hours
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
5
4
4
Programme Outcome(s)
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Improve the practical knowledge for design experiments.
2.
Good in Application oriented experiments.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Preparation
Observation and Results
Record
Semester End
Examination
10
15
15
20
10
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 98
15
Total
15
50
50
Remember
1. What is the basic principle involved in the derivation of general momentum equation in fluid
mechanics?
2. Define momentum flux and energy flux.
3. How is circulation defined?
4. What is DAlemberts paradox in fluid mechanics?
5. State Kuttas condition for an inviscid flow over an airfoil.
6. What is the application of Joukowskis Transformation to flow problems with respect to airfoils?
7. Distinguish between KarmanTrefftz and VonMises airfoil profiles.
8. What are the main assumptions in thin airfoil theory?
9. Define a lifting line with the help of a neat sketch.
10. What is a horse shoe vortex?
Understand
1. Define stream line and path line.
2. State the continuity equation for compressible flow.
3. Which causes induced drag?
4. What is meant by circulation?
5. Explain the concept of Magnus effect.
6. Give the basic principles of conformal transformation.
7. Write the Karman Tsien rule for compressibility corrections.
8. Write the BiotSavart Law.
9. Explain the horse shoe vortex.
11. Explain the starting vortex.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Derive the continuity equation in Polar coordinates
2. For an irrotational flow show that Bernoullis equation is valid between any points in the flow, not
just along a stream line.
3. Explain the concept of source flow and derive velocity potential function from vortex strength
( ) .
4. Derive the Blasius theorem for an incompressible flow over a flat plate.
5. Define coefficient of pressure and plot the variation of coefficient of pressure for the circular
cylinder kept in a uniform flow for both real and inviscid flows.
Create
1. Sketch the flow pattern around a spinning cylinder in a uniform stream for various circulation
strength indicating clearly the movement of stagnation points.
2. Explain briefly the KuttaJowkowsky transformations and get the transformation of a cambered
airfoil and also find an expression for the thickness to chord ratio for the profile.
List of Experiments
1.
Calibration of subsonic wind tunnel.
2.
Pressure distribution over smooth and rough cylinder.
3.
Pressure distribution over symmetric airfoils.
4.
Pressure distribution over cambered airfoils & thin airfoils
5.
Force measurement using wind tunnel balance.
6.
Flow over a flat plate at different angles of incidence.
7.
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over cylinders.
8.
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over airfoil with different angle of incidence
9.
Measurement of velocity profile on a flat plate and comparison with Blasius profile.
10. Measurement of pitch, roll and yaw on airfoils using load cells.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 99
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Calibration of subsonic wind tunnel.
2
Pressure distribution over smooth and rough cylinder.
3
Pressure distribution over symmetric airfoils.
4
Pressure distribution over cambered airfoils & thin airfoils
5
Force measurement using wind tunnel balance.
6
Flow over a flat plate at different angles of incidence.
7
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over cylinders.
8
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over airfoil with different
angle of incidence
9
Measurement of velocity profile on a flat plate and comparison with
Blasius profile.
10
Measurement of pitch, roll and yaw on airfoils using load cells
Hours
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
5
4
4
To study the fluid flow govering PDE equations.of dynamic fluids by computational methods.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Test I
Test II
10
30
20
10
30
20
Model
Examination
10
30
20
Semester End
Examination
10
30
20
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 100
4
5
6
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
20
20
100
20
20
100
20
20
100
20
20
100
Remember
1.
Distinguish between conservation and nonconservation forms of fluid flow.
2.
Define stability.
3.
Differentiate between structured and unstructured grid.
4.
Write down the significance of Taylor series expansion.
5.
Write down an expression for the substantial derivative in Cartesian coordinates.
6.
Define convergence.
7.
Define discretization and round off error.
8.
What types of grids are used in FVM?
9.
What is meant by CFL condition?
10. What are the methods available for grid generation?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Analyze
1. Study the incompressible flow (Re = 2500) around stationary circular cylinder using the Ansys
Software?
2. Analyze the lift and drag force for subsonic flow (M = 0.4) around NACA0012.
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
method.
Obtain the 2D steady compressible continuity equation in transformed coordinates for the
transformation = x , = ln( y + 1 ) .
Identify Richardson scheme is stable or unstable with VonNeumann stability analysis?
For Supersonic flows prove the following equation is hyperbolic in nature.
2
x 2
y 2
(1 M ) + = 0
2
Create
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 101
1.
2.
3.
Generate the structure mesh around the symmetric airfoil for high speed flows i.e. M = 2.0
Generate Boundary layer mesh around the high lift configuration.
Create the 3D surface model of wing using Catia Software.
Unit I
Introduction of Governing PDE
Conservation equations in both differential and integral form. Classification of PDE: elliptic, parabolic, and
hyperbolic. Method of finite differences, Consistency and order of accuracy, discretization of convective and
diffusive PDE. Explicit and Implicit strategies.
Governing partial differential equations.
9 Hours
Unit II
Panel Methods
Introduction source panel method vortex panel method applications.
Coefficient of pressure distribution in thick aerofoil.
9 Hours
Unit III
Discretization
Boundary layer equations and methods of solution implicit time dependent methods for inviscid and
viscous compressible flows concept of numerical dissipation stability properties of explicit and implicit
methods conservative upwind discretization f or h yperbolic systems further advantages of upwind
differencing.
Study of Taylor series expansion and numerical methods.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Finite Volume Techniques
Finite volume techniques cell centered formulation lax vendoroff time stepping runge kutta time
stepping multi stage time stepping accuracy cell vertex formulation multistage time stepping fdm
like finite volume techniques central and upwind type discretizations treatment of derivatives.
Study of Reynolds transport theorem.
9 Hours
Unit V
Flow Analysis
Aspects of grids: structured and unstructured grids, Flow analysis using Ansys software  flow past a wedge
and an expansion fan, flow past airfoil and cylinder.
Geometric modelling and procedure of analysis.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. John F. Wendt (Editor), Computational Fluid Dynamics An Introduction, Springer Verlag,
Berlin, 2008
2. John D. Anderson, Jr., Computational Fluid Dynamics The Basics with Applications, McGraw
Hill,
2006
Students in a group learning simple exercises on Grid generation and flow analysis by using
ANSYS and GAMBIT software.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 102
References
1. Charles Hirsch, Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, II. John Wiley & Sons,
1988.
2. Klaus A. Hoffmann and Steve T. Chiang, Computational Fluid Dynamics for Engineers, Engineering
Education System, 1993.
3. D. Anderson, Jr., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGrawHill, 2007.
4. C. A. J. Fletcher, Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics, Springer Verlag, 2005.
To study the Architecture of Microprocessor, Pentium, ARM, Freescale cold fire 32bit processor
and Programming.
To study the addressing modes & instruction set of Microprocessor, Pentium, ARM, Freescale cold
fire 32 bit processor and Programming.
To introduce the need & use of Interrupt structure.
To develop the skill of simple program writing.
To introduce the commonly used peripherals / interfacing Ics To study simple applications.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
20
30
30
20
100
20
30
30
20
100
Model
Examination
20
30
30
20
100
Semester End
Examination
20
30
30
20
100
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 103
Remember
1. What is microcontroller?
2. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
3.
Name the five interrupt sources of 8051.
4.
What is the difference between the Microprocessors and Microcontrollers?
5.
Explain the functions of the pin PSEN of 8051.
6.
Name the special functions register SP of 8051.
7.
How the program memory is organized in 8051 based system?
8.
Explain DJNZ instructions of Intel 8051 microcontroller.
9.
State the function of RS1 and RS0 bits in the flag register of Intel 8051 microcontroller.
10. Give the alternate functions for the port pins of port 3.
11. Define processor.
12. Define I/O ports.
13. State the timing diagram of 8085.
14. Define interrupt.
15. How many addressing modes are there in 8085?
Understand
1. Why the DPTR is 16 bit wide and SP is 8 bit wide in 8051?
2. Write the steps to (i) Enable Timer 1 Interrupt and External hardware Interrupt 1 (ii)Disable Timer
1 Interrupt
3. What should be the value of TI and RI bits to enable transmission and reception?
4. How the other interrupt can be enabled when the HCS12 is servicing an interrupt currently?
12. Name four major differences between microprocessors and microcontrollers.
5. Draw the architecture of 8085.
6. Draw the register structure of 8085.
7. Compare user and supervisor programming model of Coldfire
8. Draw and explain the functional blocks of 103ehavio architecture.
9. Clarify the protected mode operation of Multitasking.
10. Put in words the operation of segmented memory and paging.
Apply
1.
Write the notes on architectural based difference between 8051, HS12,PIC, MSP430?
2. Compare the peripheral modules of 8051, HS12,PIC, MSP430
3. How will you perform the operations like arithmetic, logical, rotate and stack using 8085?
4. How will you transfer the data from one place to another?
5. How will you interface a microprocessor and microcontroller to a given peripheral?
Create
1. Design the real time clock using PIC Microcontroller.
2. Design the hardware and software for presettable alarm system.
3. Design microcontroller system to control traffic signals.
4. Design a 4 seven segment LED display using 8085.
Unit I
8085 CPU
8085 Architecture instruction set addressing modes timing diagrams assembly language
programming counters time Delays interrupts memory interfacing Interfacing.
Input/output devices for 8085 microprocessor.
9 Hours
Unit II
Peripherals Interfacing
Interfacing Serial I/O (8281) Keyboard and display controller (8279) ADC/DAC interfacing Inter
Integrated Circuits interfacing (I2C Standard) Bus: RS232CRS485GPIB Application in Aero Space.
Application of other interfacing devices.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 104
9 Hours
Unit III
8086 CPU
Intel 8086 internal architecture 8086 addressing modes instruction set 8086 assembly language
programming interrupts application in aero space
Comparison of 8085 and 8086 microprocessors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
8051 Microcontroller
8051 Micro controller hardware I/O pins, ports and circuits External memory Counters and Timers
Serial Data I/O Interrupts Interfacing to external memory and 8255.
8051 microcontroller for aerospace application.
9 Hours
Unit V
8051 Programming and Applications
8051 instruction set Addressing modes Assembly language programming I/O port programming
Timer and counter programming Serial Communication Interrupt programming.
8051 Interfacing: LCD, ADC, Sensors, Stepper Motors, Keyboard and DAC.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and application with 8085,
International Publishing, New Delhi, 2000.
2. John Uffenbeck, The 80x86 Family, Design, Programming and Interfacing, Person Education,
2002.
3. Mohammed Ali Mazidi and Jainice Gillispie Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded
Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 2003.
References
1.
2.
3.
To study the behavior of various aircraft structural components under different types of loads.
To study the various types of stress and strain on different section of aircraft component.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
engineering problems.
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 105
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
70
100
10
20
70
100
Model
Examination
10
20
70
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 106
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Determine the normal stress at location A and G(refer fig.1)for the following cases of loading:
i. Vx=1.2 kN acting through shear center.
ii. Vy=1.2 kN acting through shear center.
Vx and Vy are applied0.8 m away from the indicated crosssection.
The section shown in fig.2 is subjected to bending moment Mx=30kNm.determine the bending
stress at the corner points A, B, C and D.
A box beam with 50 cm length is subjected to loads Px=8kN and Py=25kN as shown in fig.3.
The stringer area is 3 cm2 each. Find the maximum bending stress.
Obtain the bending stress values at the points A, B, C and D for the section shown in
fig.4.Compute the stresses using moment values with respect to x and y axis and the principle axis.
Compute the load on the lumped flanges due to bending of the section shown in fig.5.Assume the
web do not take part in bending. Compute the loads using moment values with respect to x and y
axis and principle axis.
A beam section shown in fig.6.has four stringers. Area of the stringers A, B, C and D are 6.25,
3.125, 4.5 and 6sq.cm respectively. Find the stresses in all the four stringers of the section due
toMx=50kNm and My=20kNm where x and y are the centriodal axes. Assume that webs and walls
are ineffective in bending.
Refer fig.7.The section is subjected to an 8 kNm bending moment in the xz plane and a 10 kNm
bending in the yz plane. Determine the bending stresses in all the corner points, indicating whether
they are tensile or compressive.
Plot the shear flow and locate the shear center for the section shown in fig.9.
Plot the shear flow and locate the shear center for the section shown in fig.10.
Find the shear flow for the section shown in fig.11.The Area of the each stringer =6 cm2.the loads
are Sx=10kN and Sy=50kN through the shear center .Also find the Shear center
Find the shear center of the section shown in fig.12.Area a=b=4 cm2 and c=d=2 cm2
Find the shear flow distribution and locate the shear center for the section shown in fig.13.Each of
the stringers has an area of 4 cm2 and the section subjected to vertical shear of 50 kN.
Obtain the shear flow distribution and shear center location for the section in fig.14.When it is
subjected to a shear load of 5 kN.
Determine the bending stresses in the stringer of the section shown in figure below. E1= 70Gpa ,
E2=210Gpa and E3=100Gpa.stringer areas are 2 cm2
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 107
16. Locate the shear center for the section shown in figure below. Plot the shear stress distribution
when a
vertical shear load of 1.2kNacts through the shear center.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 108
Unit I
Unsymmetrical Bending
Bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections Bending of symmetric sections with skew loads.
Study of moment of inertia of different sections.
9 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 109
Unit II
Shear Flow in Open Sections
Thin walled beams, concept of shear flow, shear centre, elastic axis. With one axis of symmetry, with wall
effective and ineffective in bending, unsymmetrical beam sections.
Study of polar moment of inertia for open section.
9 Hours
Unit III
Shear Flow in Closed Sections
Bredt Batho formula, single and multi cell structures. Approximate methods. Shear flow in single &
multicell structures under torsion. Shear flow in single and multi cell under bending with walls effective and
ineffective.
Study of polar moment of inertia for closed section.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Buckling of Plates
Rectangular sheets under compression, local buckling stress of thin walled sections, crippling stresses by
Needhams and Gerards methods, thin walled column strength. Sheet stiffener panels. Effective width, inter
rivet and sheet wrinkling failures.
Study of buckling effect on cantilever, fixed beams.
9 Hours
Unit V
Stress Analysis in Wing and Fuselage
Procedure Shear and bending moment distribution for semi cantilever and other types of wings and
fuselage, thin webbed beam. With parallel and non parallel flanges, Shear resistant web beams, Tension field
web beams (Wagners).
Study of different types of joints and their structure.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
References
1.
2.
E. H. Bruhn, Analysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structures, Tri state off set company, 1985.
R. M. Rivello, Theory and Analysis of Flight Structures, McGrawHill, 1993.
11A504 AEROTHERMODYNAMICS AND GAS DYNAMICS
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To understand the behavior of airflow both internal and external in compressible flow regime
with
particular emphasis on supersonic flows.
To understand the basic details of supersonic wind tunnels.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 110
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
40
20
10
100
10
20
40
20
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
40
20
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
40
20
10
100
Remember
1.
Write the onedimensional energy and momentum equations for an adiabatic compressible steady
flow.
2.
What are the flow losses that are suffered by a compressible flow in variable area ducts?
3.
Obtain an expression for velocity of sound on terms of specific heats and local temperature in air
medium from one dimensional continuity, momentum and energy equations.
4.
What is expansion hodograph?
5.
Give any two practical examples of interaction and reflection of shock waves
6.
What is Rayleigh correction formula for pressure measurements in supersonic flows?
7.
What are the applications of RankineHugoniot relation?
8.
Bring out any two important differences between shock waves and expansion waves in a
supersonic flow.
9.
What conditions favour detachment of shock waves in supersonic flows over solid bodies?
10. What is the importance of RankineHugoniot relationship for shock waves?
Understand
1.
What is underexpanding nozzle flow?
2.
What are the properties of flow medium on which the velocity of sound through the medium
depends upon?
3.
Explain zone of action and zone of silence for a body moving at a speed of sound.
4.
What is isentropic compressibility?
5.
With a suitable sketch illustrate the propagation of waves from a sound source moving at a speed
of sound.
6.
Why is a convergent divergent nozzle required to expand a flow from stagnation condition to
supersonic velocity?
7.
Derive an expression for choked mass flow rate through a converging diverging nozzle in terms
of total pressure, total temperature and throat area.
8. Sketch the pressure variation along the 110ehaviour110 of a converging diverging nozzle for
optimum expansion. What is the influence of back pressure on this variation?
9. How is the strength of a shock wave determined in a supersonic flow?
10. Explain why shocks cannot occur in subsonic flows.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 111
Analyze
1.
2.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
Air flow is discharged to sea level atmosphere through a sonic nozzle. If the air storage pressure
at the reservoir is 40x105 N/m2, determine the pressure, temperature density at the exit of the
nozzle. Assume that the reservoir air is at ambient temperature.
2.
An airplane flying at 1500 kmph at an altitude where the pressure and temperature are
respectively 3x104 N/m2 and 50 degree C. Calculate the pressure, density and temperature at the
leading edge of the wing.
3.
If a compression corner of angle 20 degree is allowed to encounter an uniform stream of
supersonic flow at Mach 5, calculate the shock wave angle and pressure & Mach number behind the
shock wave..
4.
An incident shock wave with wave angle=35 degree impinges on a straight wall. If the upstream
flow properties are M1 = 3, P1 =1 atm, T1 =300 K, calculate the reflected shock wave angle with
respect to the wall.
Create
1.
Unit I
One Dimensional Compressible Flow
Energy, momentum, continuity and state equations, velocity of sound, Mach waves and Mach angles,
adiabatic steady state flow equations. Area velocity relations.
Study of thermodynamics relations and their properties.
9 Hours
Unit II
Normal, Oblique Shocks
Normal shock equations, Prandtl equation and Rankine Hugonoit relation, pitot static tube, corrections for
subsonic and supersonic flows, oblique shocks and corresponding equations, hodograph and pressure turning
angle, shock polars, flow past wedges and concave corners, strong, weak and detached shocks.
Types of high speed aircrafts and their structures.
9 Hours
Unit III
Expansion Flows, Flows involving Shocks and Expansion
Prandtl meyer expansion, expansion hodograph, reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves,
families of shocks, methods of characteristics, two dimensional supersonic nozzle contours., performance
under various back pressures.
Flow through converging, diverging passages and venturimenter.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flow with Friction and Heat Transfer
Rayleigh flow and Fanno flow.
Study of flow in pipe.
9 Hours
Unit V
Compressible flow over airfoils (linear theory) and practical flows.
Small perturbation potential theory, solutions for supersonic flows, Prandtl Glauert affine transformation
relations for subsonic flows.
Lower and upper critical mach numbers, lift and drag divergence, shock induced separation, characteristics
of swept wings, effects of thickness, camber and aspect ratio of wings, transonic area rule, tip effects.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 112
Linearised two dimensional supersonic flow theory, lift, drag, pitching moment and center of pressure of
supersonic profiles.
Basic details of supersonic wind tunnel, supersonic test facilities (wind tunnel, short tunnel, free flight aero
ballistic range).
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H. Shapiro, Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow, Ronold Press, 1982.
M. J. Zucrow and J. D. Anderson, Elements of gas dynamics, McGrawHill Book Co., 1989.
W. Mc Cornick, Aerodynamics, Aeronautics and Flight Mechanics, John Wiley, 1979.
D. Anderson Jr., Modern compressible flows, McGrawHill Book Co., 2006.
V. Babu, Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, Ane Books India, 2008.
11A505 PROPULSION I
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the basics of propulsion.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations in propulsion.
To learn fundamental calculations in fluid mechanics
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.
Programme Outcome(s)
(e)
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 113
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
30
40
20
100
10
30
40
20
100
Model
Examination
10
30
40
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
40
20
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Create
1.
2.
Draw inlet and outlet velocity triangles for a turbo machine and indicate the energy transfer. Write
the Eulers equation for a turbine and compressor.
The air enters a convergent air nozzle of area ratio at 1 bar and 300K.I f the flow remains isentropic
througjout the nozzle, calculate the pressure, temperature and Mach number at the throat and the
exit of the nozzle.
Unit I
Fundamentals of Gas Turbine Engines
Classification of gas turbines open cycle and closed cycle turbines, efficiencies  illustration of working of
gas turbine engine the thrust equation factors affecting thrust effect of pressure, velocity and
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 114
References
1.
2.
G. C. Oates, Aero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Components, AIAA Education Series, New
York, 1985.Rolls Royce Jet Engine Third Edition 1983.
M. L. Mathur and R. P. Sharma, Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers &
Distributors, Delhi, 1999.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 115
ELECTIVE I
3   3.0
Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
15
20
10
15
15
50
50
Total
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 116
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
Analyze
1.
2.
3.
Create
1.
2.
3.
List of Experiments
1. Unsymmetrical bending of beams
2. Shear centre location for open sections
3. Shear centre location for closed sections
4. Constant strength beam
5. Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam
6. Beam with combined loading
7. Stress analysis of a circular disc and beam using photo elastic techniques.
8. Vibration of beams
9. Wagner beam Tension field beam
10. Determination of elastic constants for composite materials.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Experiments
Unsymmetrical bending of beams.
Shear centre location for open sections
Shear centre location for closed sections.
Constant strength beam
Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam
Beam with combined loading
Stress analysis of a circular disc and beam using photo elastic techniques.
Hours
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 117
8
9
10
Vibration of beams
Wagner beam Tension field beam
Determination of elastic constants for composite materials.
5
4
4
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
15
10
15
20
15
50
50
Understand
1. What is welding nomenclature? Explain the oxyacetylene welding equipment.
2. Write the brief notes about various flames used in the welding.
3. Write the steps of composite repair.
4. Write the notes about repair to glass fiber laminates.
5. Explain the aircraft rigging and its components.
6. Describe the maintenance required for APU.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Explain the biological hazards and write basic requirements of a hazard communication program?
2. Briefly explain the troubleshooting process
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 118
3.
Create
1. Describe the routine inspection of pneumatic system.
List of experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Hours
6
6
3
6
6
3
3
3
3
6
To teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aero components.
To teach the modeling and grid generation on simple components for structural and cfd analysis.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and
components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 119
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
15
10
15
20
15
50
50
Record
MiniProject / Model Examination/ VivaVoce
Total
Remember
1. Explain any three important factors in the selection of simulation software.
2. Discuss significant features of a simulation language.
3. Discuss validation of input output transformation.
4. What do you mean by face validity?
5. Describe the components of a simulation system.
Understand
1. What is process model?
2. Define simulation, simulation model, entities, measuresofperformance.
3. Explain in brief a simple queuing model.
4. Define the concepts used in discrete event simulation.
5. Explain the need for input 119ehaviour and histogram method of identifying the input distribution.
Analyze
1. The stress the deflection of a cantilever beam of rectangular cross 10 cm x10 cm using ansys
software.
2. Analyse the Lift and Drag force developed by NACA0012 airfoil for M=0.3 incompressible invicid
flow using Fluent software.
3. Simulate a single item inventory system for 10 days. Suppose that the demands are 12, 23, 17, 34,
28, 31, 27, 18, 11, 25. Reorder size = 50. Reorder point = 25. Lead time = 2 days. Only one
outstanding order allowed. Initial inventory = 40. Calculate the average shortage.
Create
1. Construct a flow chart to perform simulation of single server queue to collect statistics of wave
length, wait times.
2. Design and model the wing of the aircraft using the Catia software
3. Generate the structure and unstructured mesh around the airfoil.
List of experiments
1. Scaling, rotation, translation, editing, dimensioning Typical CAD command structure.
2. Wire frame modeling surface modeling
3. Solid Modeling
4. Analysis of Trusses
5. Stress analysis of a plate with different cutouts.
6. Stress analysis of L bracket
7. Stress analysis of an Axisymmetric component
8. Stress analysis of beams (Cantilever, Simply supported, fixed ends)
9. Conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D and 3D components
10. CFD simulation of flow over an aerofoil
Mini Project
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 120
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Scaling, rotation, translation, editing, dimensioning Typical CAD
command structure
2
Wire frame modeling surface modeling
3
Solid modeling
4
Analysis of trusses
5
Stress analysis of a plate with different cutouts.
6
Stress analysis of L bracket
7
Stress analysis of an Axisymmetric component
8
Stress analysis of beams (Cantilever, Simply supported, fixed ends)
9
Conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D and 3D component
10
CFD simulation of flow over an aerofoil
Hours
6
6
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
11A601 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To understand the concept of numerical analysis of structural components
To understand the basic knowledge of Isoparametric Element Formulation
To impart knowledge on both ANSYS, NASTRAN.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(d)
(e)
Course Outcome(s)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 121
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test II
10
20
30
20
20
100
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
30
20
20
100
Model
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100
Remember
Define flexibility and stiffness coefficient.
Write down the flexibility matrix of a cantilever beam with nodal coordinates of your choice.
Define area coordinates for triangular element.
Distinguish between CST and LST element.
Evaluate the integral ( 3x2x8)dx using Gaussian integration.
What are isoparametric elements?
What is meant by transformation matrix and how is it used in FEM.
What is lumped mass matrix and consistent mass matrix?
Derive the D matrix for a plane strain problem.
What is RayleighRitz method? In what why it is better than Rayleighs method.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Understand
1. What are objectives of FEM.?
2. Write down the stiffness matrix of one dimensional bar element.
3. Write down the stiffness matrix of one dimensional beam element
4. Distinguish between finite element method and finite difference method.
5. What is stiffness matrix of a cantilever beam of length L and uniform EI when it is subjected to a
load P at the free end?
6. Define flexibility and Stiffness coefficient.
7. Write down the flexibility matrix of a cantilever beam with nodal coordinates of your choice.
8. Distinguish between Galerkins method and finite difference method.
9. Write any eight FEM software packages.
10. What are steps involved in FEM.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
Find the expression for the maximum deflection and Maximum bending moment using RaleighRitz Method for simply supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q .
Find the expression for the maximum deflection using Finite Difference Method of simply
supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q.
Derive the Governing Equation in Finite element Method.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 122
4.
5.
6.
7.
Derive the stiffness matrix for a bar element of lenth L with constant width b thickness varying
from t1 to t2.
Derive the stiffness 122ehavi for a constant strain triangular element.
Derive the expression for the stiffness matrix for a plate bending element. Indicate the nodel
degrees of freedom.
Using Factorization solution scheme find the value of x,y,z of following equation
a. 3x + 2y + z = 10, 2x + 3y + 2z = 14,x + 2y +3z = 14.
Create
1. Find the expression for the maximum deflection using Finite Difference Method for simply
supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q.
2.
Derive the governing equation in finite element method.
3. Find the expression for the maximum deflection and maximum bending moment using RaleighRitz
Method for simply supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q.
Unit I
Introduction
Basic concepts of FEM step by step procedure. Stresses and equilibrium boundary conditions. Strain Vs
displacement relations potential energy and equilibrium general procedure of FEMsolution of
equilibrium problems Gaussian elimination method Rayleigh Ritz method Galerkin method. FEA
applications
Study of approximate methods.
9 Hours
Unit II
One Dimensional Problems
Discretisation of domainelement shapes, types, size, location & numbers. Co ordinate types, 1 D bar
element shape function using natural coordinates finite element formulation of stiffness matrix and
finite element equation. Assembly of global equations and load vector example problems. Truss element
stiffness matrix & finite element equation example problems.
Simple problems on bars.
9 Hours
Unit III
Two Dimensional Problems
Finite element modeling CST shape function using natural co ordinates, strain displacement matrix,
stress strain relationship matrix plane stress plane strain example problems. LST elements.
Derivation of global stiffness matrix of triangular plane.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Isoparametric Element Formulation
Iso, Sub & Super parametric element, shape functions of 1 D & 2D Isoparametric elements Gaussian
quadrature examples.
Study of wing structure and simple problems using 2D isoparametric element.
9 Hours
Unit V
Heat Transfer
Basic equations of heat transfer Finite element formulation example problems. Higher order elements.
Selection of the order of the polynomial, convergence requirements, linear, simplex, complex, multiplex,
serendipity element.
Application of FEM in various fields.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Chandrupatla T. R., and Belegundu A.D, Introduction to Finite Elements Engineering, Pearson
Education 2002, 3rd Edition.
2. S.S.Rao, Finite Element Method in Engineering, Pergamon press.1989
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 123
References
1. David V Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, TATA McGrawHill Publishing
Company Limited, 2005.
2. Robert D.Cook., David.S, Malkucs Michael E Plesha, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element
Analysis, 4 Ed. Wiley, 2003.
3. Reddy J.N., An Introduction to Finite Element Method, McGrawHill International Student Edition,
1985.
4. Zienkiewicz and R.L.Taylor, The Finite Element Methods, Vol.1, The basic formulation and linear
problems, Vol.1, Butterworth Heineman, 5th Edition, 2000.
5. S.S.Bhavikati, Finite Element Analysis authored, New Age International Publishers, latest edition.
6. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcoursecontents/IITKANPUR/FiniteElementMethod
7. http://www.me.mtu.edu/~bettig/MEEM4405
11A602 PROPULSION II
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the Aircraft and Rocket
propulsion systems
To understand the application of various propellant systems and their properties
To learn the propulsion system performance information at various condition
To understand the basic concepts of nozzle design.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(e)
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well
as design aircraft systems and
components.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Test I
Test II
10
20
60
10
10
20
60
10
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 124
Total
Assessment Pattern
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
100
100
100
100
Understand
1. Explain the difference between impulse and reaction blade
2. How will you classify turbine blade cooling?
3. Describe briefly three important application of rocket propulsion
4. Explain the principles of Nuclear propulsion?
5. Write down the merits and demerits of integral ramrocket.
6. What do you mean by supercritical mode of operation of ramjet?
7. Compare air breathing engine and rocket engine.
8. How do you classify ramjets based on combustion process?
9. What are the limitations of hybrid rockets?
10. Define discharge correction factor. Can it be more than one? Justify your answer.
11. Why electrical rockets are called essentially power limited?
12. Explain the working of an axial flow turbine stage with a neat sketch. Draw the TS diagram and
velocity triangles.
13. Describe the working of a ramjet engine.
14. Explain the working of liquid propellant rocket engine with a gas pressure feed system. Write down
its merits and demerits.
15. What are the important factors that influence the burning rate of a solid propellant? Explain them
with appropriate sketches.
16. How do you classify solid propellant rockets? Name any four solid propellant ingredients function
with two examples for each function.
17. Mention the various methods of cooling of thrust chamber assemblies and briefly explain anyone
cooling method.
18. Mention the various methods of cooling of thrust chamber assemblies and briefly explain anyone
cooling method.
19. With the aid of neat sketches explain various techniques for thrust vector control.
20. Draw a neat sketch and explain the working of ion propulsion rocket.
21. How does the shape of the nozzle affect performance? How do you overcome the thrust loss
associated with over expansion?
Apply / Evaluate
1.
An ideal ramjet engine operates at M = 1.5 at an altitude of 6500 m. Find its cycle efficiency.
2.
A ramjet is 124ehaviour124 at Mach 3 at an altitude of 4572 m, the external static temperature is
258.4K, and the external static pressure is 57.1 kPa. The heating value of the fuel is 46,520 kJ/kg.
Air flows through the engine at 45.35 kg/s. The burner exit total temperature is 1944 K. Find the
thrust, fuel ratio, and TSFC. The specific heat ratio can be assumed to be 14.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 125
3.
A chemical rocket is used for launch into earth orbit. At the end of the combustion chamber the
stagnation temperature is 3000 K, The molecular weight of the combustion products is 26. The gases
expand isentropically as an ideal gas mixture with specific heat ratio 1.2, the area ratio Ae / A of
the nozzle is 20, and the throat is 0.1 m. At sea level determine:
(i)
The stagnation pressure if the expansion is correct,
(ii)
The rocket thrust.
4.
A rocket is to be designed to produce 5 MN of thrust at sea level. The pressure in the combustion
chamber is 7 Mpa and the temperature is 2800 K. If the working fluid is assumed to be a perfect gas
with the properties of air at room temperature, determine the following:
(i)
Specific impulse
(ii)
Mass flow rate
(iii)
Throat diameter
(iv)
Exit diameter and
(v)
Thrust at 30 km altitude.
5. A jet engine is to propel an aircraft at Mach 3 at high altitude where ambient pressure is 8.5 kPa and
the ambient temperature is 220 K. The turbine inlet temperature is 2540 K. If all components of the
engine are frictionless determine
(i) The thermal efficiency
(ii) The propulsion efficiency
(iii) The overall efficiency
Let the specific heat ratio be r = 1.4 and make the approximation of f 1.
Create
1.
Design a nozzle to optimum expansion at 10,000 feet altitude.
2.
Design the liquid propellant system with maximum performance.
Unit I
Nozzles
Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles convergent nozzles and nozzle choking nozzle throat conditions
nozzle efficiency losses in nozzles over expanded and under expanded nozzles ejector and variable
area nozzles interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces thrust reversal.
Principle of Newtons second and third laws.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ramjet Propulsion
Operating principle sub critical, critical and supercritical operation combustion in ramjet engine ramjet
performance sample ramjet design calculations introduction to scramjet preliminary concepts in
supersonic combustion integral ram rocket numerical problems.
Study of normal shock, oblique shock and expansion waves..
9 Hours
Unit III
Fundamentals of Rocket Propulsion
Operating principle specific impulse of a rocket internal ballistics rocket nozzle classification rocket
performance considerations numerical problems.
Study of Indian launch vehicles and missiles.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Chemical Rockets
Solid propellant rockets selection criteria of solid propellants important hardware components of solid
rockets propellant grain design considerations liquid propellant rockets selection of liquid propellants
thrust control in liquid rockets cooling in liquid rockets limitations of hybrid rockets relative
advantages of liquid rockets over solid rockets numerical problems, Liquid engine cycles, thrust vector
control.
Study of solid and liquid propellants used and their properties.
13 Hours
Unit V
Advanced Propulsion Techniques
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 126
Electric rocket propulsion ion propulsion techniques nuclear rocket types solar sail preliminary
concepts in nozzless propulsion.
Space vehicles.
5 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. G. P. Sutton, Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2008.
2. P. G. Hill, and C. R. Peterson, Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Addison Wesley
Longman INC, 1999.
References
1
11A603 VIBRATIONS
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
various vibrations.
To understand the basic concepts of vibrations.
To study the dynamic behavior of different aircraft components.
To understand the interaction among the aerodynamic, elastic and inertia forces.
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(f)
An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques,
tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 127
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
What is vibration?
Define degree of freedom.
What is SHM?
Define D Alemberts Principle.
State the energy methods
What is forced vibrations?
What is meant by aeroelasticity?
What is damped vibration?
What is a free vibration?
What is single degree of freedom system?
What is meant multi degree of freedom system?
What is lateral vibration?
What is longitudinal vibration?
What is torsional vibration?
Define Hamiltons principle.
What is meant by coupling?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Apply/ Evaluate
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 128
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Calculate the whirling speed of a shaft 20mm diameter and 0.6m long carrying a mass of 1 kg at its
midpoint. The density of the shaft material is 40 Mg/m3. Youngs modulus is 200GN/m2.Assume
the shaft is freely supported.
A vibrating system consists of mass of 200kg. A spring of stiffness 80N/mm. A damper with a
damping coefficient of 800N/m/s. Determine the frequency of vibrations.
The following data is given for a vibrating system with a viscous damping. Mass = 2.5kg
Spring constant= 3N/mm
The amplitude decreases to 0.25 of initial value after 5 cycles. Determine the damping coefficient.
An instrument vibrates with a frequency of 1 Hz when there is no damping, damping is provided,
the frequency of damped vibration was observed to be 0.9 Hz. Find
a. Damping factor
b. Logarithmic decrement
A shaft of 100mm diameter and 1m long is fixed at one end and the other end carries a flywheel of
mass 1 ton. Taking youngs modulus of the shaft material as 200 GN/m2. Find natural frequency of
longitudinal and transverse vibrations.
Create
1. Design an instrument to minimize vibrations.
2. Create a method to provide the mechanism of aileron reversal.
3. Design an instrument to reduce aero elastic instabilities.
Unit I
Basic Notions
Simple harmonic motion terminologies D Alemberts principle energy Methods.
Newtons Laws.
6 Hours
Unit II
Single Degree of Freedom Systems
Free vibrations damped vibrations forced vibrations, with and without damping support excitation.
Vibration measuring instruments.
12 Hours
Unit III
Multi Degrees of Freedom Systems
Two degrees of freedom systems static and dynamic couplings vibration absorber principal co ordinates,
principal modes and orthogonal condition eigen value problems.
Hamiltons principle Lagranges equation and application vibration of elastic bodies vibration of strings.
Longitudinal, lateral and torsional vibrations.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Approximate Methods
Rayleighs Rayleigh Ritz, Matrix nitration and Holzer methods to find natural frequencies.
Study of numerical methods.
9 Hours
Unit V
Elements of Aero Elasticity
Concepts coupling aero elastic instabilities and their prevention basic ideas on wing divergence, loss
and reversal of aileron control flutter and its prevention.
Study of aerodynamics characteristics.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. S. Timoshenko, Vibration Problems in Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1993.
2. Meirovitch Elements of Vibration Analysis
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 129
References
1.R. L. Bisplinghoff, H. Ashely and R. L.Hogman, Aeroelasticity , Addision Wesley Publication, New
York, 1983.
2. F. S.Tse, I. F. Morse and R. T. Hunke, Mechanical Vibrations, Prentice Hall, New York, 1984.
3. R. H. Scanlan and R. Rosenbaum, Introduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration & Flutter, John
Wiley and Sons. New York, 1982.
4.Benson H. Tongue, Principles of Vibration, Oxford University Press, 2000.
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
30
50
20
100
30
50
20
100
Model
Examination
30
50
20
100
Semester End
Examination
30
50
20
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 130
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Create
1.
2.
3.
4.
Unit I
Aircraft Ground Handling and Support Equipment
Mooring, jacking, levelling and towing operations preparation equipment precautions engine starting
procedures piston engine, turboprops and turbojets engine fire extinguishing.
Ground power units.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ground Servicing of Various Sub Systems
Air conditioning and pressurization oxygen and oil systems ground units and their maintenance.
Various methods of ground servicing.
9 Hours
Unit III
Maintenance of Safety
Shop safety environmental cleanliness precautions.
Environmental hazards.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 131
9 Hours
Unit IV
Inspection
Process purpose types inspection intervals techniques checklist special inspection publications,
bulletins, various manuals far air worthiness directives type certificate data sheets ata specifications.
Study of inspection techniques.
9 Hours
Unit V
Aircraft Hardware, Materials, Systems and Processes
Hand tools precision instruments special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop
identification terminology specification and correct use of various aircraft hardware (i.e. Nuts, bolts, rivets,
screws etc.) American and British systems of specifications threads, gears, bearings, etc. drills, tapes &
reamers. Identification of all types of fluid line fittings. Materials, metallic and nonmetallic.
Plumbing connectors cables swaging procedures, tests, advantages of swaging over splicing.
9 Hours
TOTAL: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.Kroes Watkins Delp, Aircraft Maintenance and Repair , McGrawHill, New York 2006.
References
1. A & P Mechanics, Aircraft hand Book, F. A. A. Himalayan Book House, New Delhi, 2008.
2. A & P Mechanics, General hand Book, F. A. A. Himalayan Book House, New Delhi, 2008.
ELECTIVE II
3   3.0
The course is intentional to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior
of during maneuvers, like, pitching, rolling, yawing, bank and steep turns.
To understand the application of various aircraft components towards the stability and control
To understand the basic concepts of special maneuvers, like spin, dutch roll, auto rotation and spiral
divergence.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 132
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Understand
1. Explain the significance of load factor.
2. What is meant by degree of freedom and how much required for airplane?
3. State two conditions for static longitudinal stability and indicate them with a plot.
4. What causes induced drag
5. What is the use of winglets?
6. Derive an expression for variation of pressure in the Stratosphere region.
7. Derive the expression for drag polar and explain it with a neat plot.
8. Explain the significance of Vn diagram.
9. Obtain the expression for turn radius and turn rate for pull up and pushover maneuver.
10. Derive the expression for wing contribution to static longitudinal stability, and write your comments
on this expression.
11. What do you mean by stick fixed and stick free longitudinal static stability?
12. Explain about stick force gradients.
13. Describe Dihedral effect and aileron reversal.
14. Write short notes on :
i. One Engine inoperative condition
ii. Spin recovery
iii. Rudder locks
iv. Slip stream rotation of nose mounted propellers
15. Derive an expression for Aileron control power by using strip theory
16. Derive an expression for maximum propeller load factor and minimum turn radius
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 133
17. A jet aircraft with a wing loading 2.4 kN/m2 and mass of 4500 kg has a maximum thrust of 30 kN
at sea level. If the drag coefficient at a speed of 450 km/hr is 0.04. What will be the maximum
possible climb and the greatest climb angle.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Create
1. Why do airplanes require vertical tail?
2. Design the aircraft without tail assembly with stability
Unit I
Aerodynamics Characteristics of Airplane
International Standard Atmosphere Forces and moments acting on a flight vehicle Equation of motion of
a rigid flight vehicle Different types of drag Drag polars of vehicles from low speed to high speeds
Variation of thrust, power and SFC with velocity and altitudes for air breathing engines and rockets Power
available and power required curves.
Lift and pitching moment of basic airplane and control characteristics.
9 Hours
Unit II
Aircraft Performance
Performance of airplane in level flight Maximum speed in level flight Conditions for minimum drag and
power required Range and endurance Climbing and gliding flight (Maximum rate of climb and steepest
angle of climb, minimum rate of sink and shallowest angle of glide) Turning performance (Turning rate
turn radius). Bank angle and load factor . Vn diagram and load factor.
Limitations of pull up and push over.
9 Hours
Unit III
Static Longitudinal Stability
Degree of freedom of rigid bodies in space Static and dynamic stability Purpose of controls in airplanes
Inherently stable and marginal stable airplanes Static, Longitudinal stability Stick fixed stability Basic
equilibrium equation Stability criterion Effects of fuselage and nacelle Influence of CG location
Power effects Stick fixed neutral point Stick free stabilityHinge moment coefficient Stick free neutral
pointsSymmetric maneuvers Stick force gradients Stick force per g  Aerodynamic balancing.
Determination of neutral points and maneuver points from flight test.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Lateral and Directional Stability
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 134
Dihedral effect Lateral control Coupling between rolling and yawing moments Adverse yaw effects
Aileron reversal Static directional stability Weather cocking effect Rudder requirements One engine
inoperative condition Rudder lock.
Comparison of various lateral and directional stability components.
9 Hours
Unit V
Dynamic Stability
Dynamic longitudinal stability: Equations of motion Stability derivatives Characteristic equation of stick
fixed case Modes and stability criterion Effect of freeingthe stick Brief description of lateral and
directional. Dynamic stability Spiral, divergence, dutch roll, auto rotation and spin.
Comparison between dyanamic and static stability
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
4
C.D. Perkins and R. E. Hage, Airplane Performance stability and Control, John Wiley & Son, Inc,
New York, 1988.
References
1. B. Etkin, Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control, Edn. 2, John Wiley, New York, 1982.
2. A. W. Babister, Aircraft Dynamic Stability and Response, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1980.
3. D. O. Dommasch, S. S. Shelby and T. F. Connolly, Aeroplane Aero dynamics, Third Edition, Issac
Pitman, London, 1981.
4. R. C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill BookCo.1998.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Preparation
Observation and Results
Semester End
Examination
10
15
15
20
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 135
Record
MiniProject / Model Examination/ VivaVoce
10
15
Total
15
50
50
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Understand
1. Differentiate high wing and low wing aircraft.
2. Explain the use of tracking in helicopter.
3. Explain what ignition means.
4. Differentiate fixed landing gear and retractable landing gear.
5. What are the advantages of winglets?
6. What are the disadvantages of spoilers?
7. Differentiate the term flaps and trim tabs.
8. Compare the advantages of airfoils used in aircraft.
9. Give the procedure for jacking.
10. What is mean by throttle?
11. What are the factors affect the aircraft in straight and level flight?
12. Differentiate fixed landing gear and retractable landing gear system.
13. What are the limitations of aircraft pressurization?
14. Advantages of composite materials over Al.
15. What are the uses of pneumatic systems?
16. Write the limitations of APU systems.
17. Write the limitations of Al materials.
18. Differentiate the term service and absolute ceiling.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 136
Book by Reymer
Janes All World aircraft.
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes
2
Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft
3
Preparation of comparative data sheets
4
Work sheet layout procedures
5
Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the
design
6
Preliminary weight estimations, selection of main parameters,
7
Power plant selection, aerofoil selection, wing tail and control surfaces
8
Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings
9
Drag estimation
10
Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates
Hours
3
6
6
6
3
3
6
6
3
3
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
Fluid, like, viscosity, density and, incompressible and compressible flow.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations in engineering
calculations especially in heat transfer area
To learn fundamental calculations in heat transfer applicable to propulsion.
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 137
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different modes of fluid mechanics.
2. Improve the fluid operating parameters.
3. Performance analysis equipments
4. Analysis of different forms of fluids.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
10
15
15
20
Record
10
15
15
50
50
Define propulsion.
Sketch the schematic arrangement of open cycle gas turbine plant and name the components.
Define convection.
Write down the basic principle of propeller.
What is known as cascade testing of a model?
Mention the difference between a model and a prototype.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Find out the free convection effectiveness of the given plate under the following load conditions:
20W, 25W, 30W and 40W.
Evaluate the heat of combustion of the given fuel by using bomb calorimeter.
Study free wall jet under the various operating conditions.
Study the performance of a propeller by keeping the blade angle as 2, 4, 6.
Evaluate the flow per minute by using rotometer.
Create
1.
2.
Change the speed of the propeller to 900rpm, 1100rpm, 1400rpm and find out the efficiency of the
propeller.
Find out the pressure change in wall jet apparatus by keeping the plate at 5cm, 10cm.15cm..
List of Experiments
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 138
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Dismantling and reassembling of an aircraft piston engine
2
Dismantling and reassembling of an aircraft jet engine
3
Measurement of forced convective heat transfer over a flat plate.
4
Measurement of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate
5
Cascade testing of a model of axial compressor blade row.
6
Study of performance of a propeller.
7
Combustion performance studies in a ramjet combustion chamber
8
Study of free jet.
9
Study of wall jet.
10
Determination of calorific value and moisture content of an aviation fuel.
Hours
6
6
3
3
6
3
6
3
3
6
0 0 2 1.0
Technical seminar by group of students on latest developments in the field of aeronautical engineering.
Objective(s)
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
11O701 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
(Common to all branches)
3 0 0 3
Objective(s)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 139
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
20
30
20
20
10
100
20
30
20
20
10
100
20
30
20
20
10
100
20
30
20
20
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Define economics
Define managerial economics
What are the branches of economics?
What are the two methodologies used for investigation in economics?
Name the other disciplines which are linked to managerial economics.
List the theories that explain the basic objectives of a firm.
What are the basic concepts in decision making?
What are the types of decisions a manager is expected to make?
What are the techniques used in the process of decision making?
What is opportunity cost?
What is Demand?
What are the types of Demand?
What are the variations in the nature of Demand?
State the law of Demand.
What are the factors determining Demand?
Define Elasticity of Demand.
State the different degrees of elasticity of Demand?
What are the factors determining Elasticity of Demand?
State the Law Of Diminishing Marginal Utility.
What is Consumer Equilibrium?
List the factors effecting Demand Forecasting.
What methods will you use for forecasting demand for a new product?
Define Cost.
What is a semi variable cost?
What are fixed costs?
Define Short Run and Long Run costs.
Define Optimum Size of a Firm.
Define Replacement Cost and Historic Cost.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 140
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
What is a Monopoly?
What is an Oligopoly?
What is Price Discrimination?
What are the reasons for Price Discrimination?
What are the advantages of Price Discrimination?
Define Oligopoly in terms of market share.
Name the two types of Oligopoly.
What are the objectives of Pricing?
What are the two basic methods of Pricing?
What is Market Skimming?
What is sealed bid pricing?
Define Accounting.
What are the uses of accounting?
What is a Balance Sheet?
Definitions of key words used in Financial Statements.
What is inflation?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 141
Apply
1.
Compare the merits and demerits of the Deductive Method and the Inductive Method of
Investigation.
2. Explain decisions based on the degree of certainty of the outcome with examples.
3. Problems involving Marginal and Incremental Costs.
4. Problems concerning Elasticity of Demand.
5. Problems using statistical methods for Demand Forecasting.
6. Problem Calculate and plot Average Variable Cost, Average Total Cost, Marginal Cost and find
the optimal production volume.
7. Give examples of products falling under the various kinds of Competition, and the reasons they are
able to survive in the market.
8. Give six examples of products that fall under Monopolistic Competitive pricing.
9. Give six examples of products that fall under Oligopolistic pricing.
10. Pick any six Consumer Items and based on your knowledge of the markets, explain the pricing
method that you think is most likely to have been followed for each of these items.
11. Compare the types of information that one can derive from a Balance Sheet and a P&L Statement.
Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The percapita income of farmers in the country has to be raised by 20% this year to prevent their
migration to cities. Analyze this statement from the point of view of Positive and Normative
Economics.
Decision making improves with age and experience. Discuss.
Do a survey of the automotive (only cars) industry and analyze the reasons and timing for discounts
offered from the point of view of elasticity of demand.
What are the methods you would adopt to forecast demand for an industrial product? Assuming that
the actual demand versus forecast is very high, what would the most likely reason be for failure of
the forecast?
Most of the cost concepts are overlapping and repetitive. Yes or No? Substantiate your answer
with reasons.
How would you modify a sealed bid pricing system to take care of different technical approaches
by different bidders for a project for which bids are called for, given that the cost varies depending
on the technical approach?
What are the steps you would take to control inflation?
Create
1.
2.
3.
4.
Create a matrix consolidating the definitions of the word Economics as defined by the leading
Economists in the prescribed textbook. Using this define economics the way you understand it, in
less than 50 words.
Study the price of a commodity over a period of one year and explain the possible reasons for the
fluctuations from an economists point of view.
You are in a job which is paying you adequately. You are called for an interview for a job that
double your salary. Unfortunately you miss the only train that will take you in time for the
interview. How will you justify the cost of taking a flight considering the cost concepts you have
learnt.
Due to cancellation of an export order, you are stuck with a huge stock of jeans of international
quality. Device a pricing strategy for disposing this stock without incurring a loss, considering that
it is a very competitive market.
(Question paper will contain at least 50% marks on numerical problems)
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to Economics, Kinds of Economic Systems, Production Possibility Frontier, Opportunity Cost,
Objective of Organizations, Kinds of Organizations, Business Decision Making,
Legal rights and responsibilities of types of Organizations.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 142
9 Hours
Unit II
Demand and Supply
Functions of Demand & Supply, Law of Demand and Supply, Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting
Methods, Price Equilibrium
Role of logistics in managing supply and demand.
9 Hours
Unit III
Production and Cost
Production Function, Returns to Scale, Economies & Diseconomies of scale, Fixed Cost, Variable Cost,
Average Costs, Cost Curves, Break Even point, Law of diminishing Marginal Utility
Costing of a product during the stages of its life cycle
9 Hours
Unit IV
Pricing & Market Structure
Components of Pricing, Methods of Pricing, Return on Investment, Payback Period, Market Structure and
Pricing, Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly, Monopolistic, Non price competition, Ecommerce.
The secure payment process in ecommerce.
9 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to Macro Economics & Financial Accounting,
National Income GDP, Per Capita Income, Inflation, Stagflation, Deflation, Business Cycle, Stabilization
Policies, Direct Taxes, Indirect Taxes, Balance of Payment. Accounting Terminology, Book Keeping,
P&L, Balance Sheet.
Role of Central Excise and Customs
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.
References
1.
V L Samuel Paul and G S Gupta, Managerial Economics Concepts and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1981.
S N Maheswari, Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand.
R Kesavan, C Elanchezhian and T Sunder Selwyn, Engineering Economics and Financial
Accounting, Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd , New Delhi, 2005.
2.
3.
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical
behaviour of various modes of microprocessor architectures for the purpose of the operations
that is taking place in the circuit assemblies.
To understand the basic concepts of avionics systems.
To learn the Signal and operational flow controls taking place in those systems
Programme Outcome(s)
(e)
(f)
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software
packages necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 143
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
ASSESSMENT PATTERN
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
20
40
20
20
100
Test II
20
40
20
20
100
Model
Examination
20
40
20
20
100
Semester End
Examination
20
40
20
20
100
Remember
1. Name at least five Air data sensor.
2. What is HOTAS and what is the need for it?
3. What is the need for two different speeds in ARICNC 429?
4. Explain the relation between reliability and maintainability?
5. What is a flight management system (FMS)?
6. What is a volatile memory and give example?
7. Name a few types of CRT.
8. What are the major drivers for AVIONICS system in a typical civil transport aircraft?
9. Distinguish between pave pace and pave pillar architecture?
10. What is HOTAS?
11. Define glass cockpit.
12. What is MFD and what is special about it?
13. Give some examples of DVI.
14. What is sampling frequency?
15. What is meant by LRU? List out the advantages of LRU concept.
16. Name at least four air data sensors and what do they sense?
17. What are the changes brought out by solid state devices in avionic systems?
18. How is federated architecture different from centralized architecture?
Understand
1. Explain the salient features that enhances the need for avionics in civil and military aircraft and also in
space systems
2. Explain the DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGIES of avionics system?
3. Compare the following display technologies: CRT, LED, LED and EL.
4. Explain the interface of a seven segment LED with the microprocessor to display binary data.
5. With a neat sketch explain 8085 microprocessor architecture in detail.
6. What operations can be performed with the following instructions, (1) SHLD (2) DAD (3)DAA
(4)LDAX
(5) RLC .
7. Compare the memory mapped I/O and peripheral mapped I/O in Microprocessor.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 144
Derive
(7A4DF) 16 = (?) 8
(010101101110) 2 = (?) 16
2.
Derive
(22222) 8 = (?) 2
(54A6C) 16 = (?) 8
Create
1.
2.
3.
Unit I
Introduction to Avionics
Need for avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems integrated avionics and weapon system
typical avionics sub systems design and technologies.
Study of other subsystems of an aircraft.
9 Hours
Unit II
Principles of Digital Systems
Digital computers microprocessors memories .
Application of digital computers.
9 Hours
Unit III
Digital Avionics Architecture
Avionics system architectureData buses MILSTD 1553 BARINC 429ARINC 629.
Study of other data buses and their properties.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flight Deck and Cockpits
Control and display technologies CRT, LED, LCD, EL and plasma panel Touch screen Direct voice
input (DVI) Civil cockpit and military cockpit : MFDS, HUD, MFK, HOTAS
Study of advanced cockpit display systems.
9 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to Avionics Systems
Communication systems  navigation systems  flight control systems  radar electronic warfare  utility
systems reliability and maintainability  certification.
Study of illities of avionics.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 145
Text Books
1. Malcrno A.P. and Leach, D.P., Digital Principles and Application, Tata McGraw Hill, 1990.
2. Gaonkar, R.S., Microprocessors Architecture Programming and Application, Wiley and Sons Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1990.
References
1. Middleton, D.H., Ed., Avionics Systems, Longman Scientific and Technical, Longman Group UK
Ltd., England, 1989.
2. Spitzer, C.R., Digital Avionic Systems, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., USA., 1987.
3. Brain Kendal, Manual of Avionics, the English Book House, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 1993.
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
20
40
10
100
10
20
20
40
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100
Remember
1.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 146
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
A lamina is deemed to have failed when the fibres fracture because the fibres carry the highest stresses.
When predicting the failure of an offaxis lamina it is necessary to calculate the stresses in the principal
directions because these stresses are always greater than the applied stresses.
3. The maximum stress criterion will always predict failure in tension because the longitudinal tensile
strength of a unidirectional ply is greater than the corresponding compressive strength.
4. The TsaiHill criterion gives a more accurate prediction for offaxis loading because it does not predict
the mode of failure.
5. Initial failure of a crossply laminate can only be predicted by the TsaiHill criterion because it
corresponds to transverse ply cracking.
Create
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 147
1. Prediction of laminate failure requires an iterative approach because ply stiff nesses are modified as
failures occur.
2. Classical laminate theory cannot predict failure of finite width laminates because it ignores the existence
of throughthickness stresses.
Unit I
Stress Strain Relation
Introduction advantages and application of composite materials, reinforcements and matrices introduction
to smart materials and smart structures  generalized hookes law elastic constants for anisotropic,
orthotropic and isotropic materials.
Stressstrain curves.
9 Hours
Unit II
Methods of Analysis
Micro mechanics mechanics of materials approach, elasticity approach to determine material properties
macro mechanics stressstrain relations with respect to natural axis, arbitrary axis determination of
material properties. Experimental characterization of lamina.
Plane stress and plane strain.
9 Hours
Unit III
Laminated Plates
Governing differential equation for a general laminate, angle ply and cross ply laminates. Failure criteria for
composites.
Study about matrix and reinforcements.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Sandwich Constructions
Basic design concepts of sandwich construction materials used for sandwich construction  failure
modes of sandwich panels.
Application of sandwich composites.
9 Hours
Unit V
Fabrication Process and Repair Scheme
Various open and closed mould processes. Manufacture of fibers types of resins and properties and
applications netting analysis.
Application of composites in aero field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
References
1.
Agarwal, B.D., and Broutman, L.J., Analysis and Performance of Fibre Composites, John
Wiley and sons. Inc., New York, 1995.
2.
Lubin, G., Handbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glass, Von Nostrand Reinhold Co., New
York, 1989.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 148
Programme Outcome(s)
(f)
An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
10
15
10
15
20

15
Preparation
Semester End
Examination
15
50
50
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 149
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Vn diagram for the design study
2
Gust and maneuverability envelopes
3
Critical loading performance and final Vn graph calculation
4
Structural design study Theory approach
5
Load estimation of wings
6
Load estimation of fuselage.
7
Balancing and maneuvering loads on tail plane, aileron and rudder loads.
8
Detailed structural layouts
9
Design of some components of wings, fuselage
10
Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings.
References
1.
2.
Book by Reymer
Janes All World aircraft
Hours
3
3
6
6
6
6
4
3
3
5
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 150
ELECTIVE III
3   3.0
ELECTIVE IV
3   3.0
11A707 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)
To train the students on hand experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft
and rectification of common snags.
To understand the basic concepts of Maintenance procedure.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(h)
(i)
An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental
data.
An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
An ability to recognize the importance of ethics in professional work.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Preparation
Semester End
Examination
10
15
15
20
Record
10
15
15
50
50
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 151
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
What are the safety precautions while handling fueling and refueling the aircraft?
What are the precautions while jacking up the procedure?
What is the aircraft leveling procedure?
What are the advantages of spirit level method?
When do you use Strain gauge to level the aircraft?
When do you use Plumb ball method?
When do you use Engineers steeper method?
What occasion are you going to check wing incidence angle?
Define wing dihedral angle?
What occasion are you going to check wing dihedral angle?
Define wing sweep back angle?
What occasion are you going to check sweep back angle?
What is bleeding?
What are the precautions to be taken while bleeding the Pushpak aircraft?
What is symmetric check?
What are the precautions to be taken while bleeding the PUSHPAK aircraft?
Apply / Evaluate
1. To determine the flow test to assess of filter element clogging, pressure test to assess hydraulic
external/internal leakage, test to adjust operating pressure, pressure test procedure on fuel system
components and brake torque load test on wheel brake units.
Create
1. According to the maintenance manual, the procedure can be followed to the various types of airplane and
get the new result of servicing, jacking, leveling etc..
List of experiments
1. Aircraft jacking up procedure.
2. Aircraft leveling procedure.
3. Control system rigging check procedure.
4. Aircraft symmetry check procedure.
5. Flow test to assess of filter element clogging.
6. Pressure test to assess hydraulic external/internal leakage.
7. Functional test to adjust operating pressure.
8. Pressure test procedure on fuel system components.
9. Brake torque load test on wheel brake units.
10. Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 152
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Aircraft jacking up procedure
2
Aircraft leveling procedure
3
Control system rigging check procedure
4
Aircraft symmetry check procedure
5
Flow test to assess of filter element clogging
6
Pressure test to assess hydraulic external/internal leakage
7
Functional test to adjust operating pressure
8
Pressure test procedure on fuel system components
9
Brake torque load test on wheel brake units
10
Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems.
Hours
3
3
6
6
6
6
4
3
3
5
Programme Outcome(s)
b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different methods of digital electronics.
2.
Performance analysis of 4 digit 7 segment display.
3.
Analysis of different avionics data buses.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation
Observation and Results
10
15
15
20
Record
10
15
15
50
50
Remember
1. Design of 8 bit data addition using 8085 microprocessor.
2. Design of 8 bit data subtraction using 8085 microprocessor.
3. Design of 8 bit data multiplication using 8085 microprocessor.
4. Design of 8 bit data division using 8085 microprocessor.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 153
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Understand
1.Addition/Subtraction of binary numbers.
2. Multiplexer/ demultiplexer circuits.
3. Encoder/decoder circuits.
4. Timer circuits, shift registers, binary comparator circuits.
5. Addition and Subtraction of 8bit and 16bit numbers.
6. Sorting of data in ascending & descending order.
7. Sum of a given series with and without carry.
8. Greatest in a given series & Multibyte addition in BCD mode.
9. Interface programming with 4 digit 7 segment display & Switches & LEDs.
10. 16 Channel analog to digital converter and generation of ramp, square, triangular wave by digital
to analog converter.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Study of different avionics data buses.
2. MIL  STD 1553 data buses configuration with message transfer.
3. MIL  STD 1553 remote terminal configuration.
Create
1. Configuration of MIL STD 1553 B PCI ADD ON card as BC and RT for checking the
communication in BC to RT mode?
2. Configuration of MIL STD 1553 B PCI ADD ON card as BC and RT for
checking the
communication in RT to BC mode?
List of Experiments
1
Performing 8  bit and 16  bit Addition and Subtraction of two numbers using 8085
microprocessor
Sorting of Data in Ascending and Descending order using 8085 microprocessor
2
3
Performing Addition and Subtraction of binary numbers using Digital Interface IC Trainer
4
Implementation of interface Programming with 4 Digit 7 segment display
5
Configuration of Bus Controller and Remote Terminal using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
6
Performing data transfer between BC to RT using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
7
Performing data transfer between RT to BC using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
8
Simulation of open loop and closed longitudinal AutoPilot system
9
Simulation of closed loop Lateral AutoPilot system
10 Simulation of Command Guidance Missile control system
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
Hours
1
Performing 8  bit and 16  bit Addition and Subtraction of two numbers using 8085
6
microprocessor
2
Sorting of Data in Ascending and Descending order using 8085 microprocessor
3
3
Performing Addition and Subtraction of binary numbers using Digital Interface IC
3
Trainer
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 154
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
6
3
3
6
6
6
0 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
Students in group carry out the literature survey on the topic of their interest, do the design related
works of the project work.
Presentation on literature survey and definition of project work area and title.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems
andcomponents.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
Programme Outcome(s)
(i)
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Ability to propose possible solutions using articulated ethical theories.
2.
Ability to form opinions based on reasoned ethical positions, supported with facts and evidence.
3.
Increase in awareness of the ethical component of daily engineering decisions.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 155
1
2
3
4
5
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
30
40
30
100
30
40
30
100
30
40
30
100
30
40
30
100
Remember
1. Define Human Values.
2. What are Morals and Values?
3. What do you mean by Civic virtue and Respect for others?
4. Write the various meanings of Spirituality?
5. List four different types of Virtues.
6. Mention different Human values.
7. What is meant by moral autonomy?
8. Classify the types of inquiry.
9. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?
10. List the levels of moral development suggested by Kohlberg.
11. What do you understand by selfinterest and ethical egoism?
12. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?
13. What are the three virtues of religion?.
14. What are the professional responsibilities?
15. What is meant by Informed consent when bringing an engineering product to market?
16. What is engineering experimentation?
17. What are the different roles and functions of Code of Ethics?
18. What are the Limitations of Code of Ethics?
19. Name some of the engineering societies which published codes of ethics.
20. What is meant by a disaster?
Understand
1. Which are the practical skills that will help to produce effective independent thought about moral
issues?
2. Why does engineering have to be viewed as an experimental process?
3. Why isnt engineering possible to follow a random selection in product design?
4. Why is the code of ethics important for engineers in their profession?
5. What does the Balanced Outlook on Law stress in directing engineering practice?
6. Are the engineers responsible to educate the public for safe operation of the equipment? How?
7. What kind of responsibility should the engineer have to avoid mistakes that may lead to accident due to
the design of their product?
8. What is the use of knowledge of risk acceptance to engineers?
9. Why is Environmental Ethics so important to create environmental awareness to the general public?
10. Why do the engineers refuse to do war works sometimes?
Apply
1. How does the consideration of engineering as a social experimentation help to keep a sense of
autonomous
participation is a persons work?
2. How does the code of ethics provide discipline among the engineers?
3. How would you classify the space shuttle Challenger case accident?
4. How does the manufacturer understand the risk in a product catalog or manual?
5. How does the knowledge of uncertainties in design help the engineers to access the risk of a product?
6.
How can the quantifiable losses in social welfare resulting from a fatality be estimated? Give some
examples.
7. How does the engineer act to safeguard the public from risk?
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 156
Unit I
Human Values
Morals, Values and Ethics Integrity Work Ethic Service Learning Civic Virtue Respect for Others
Living Peacefully Caring Sharing Honesty Courage Valuing Time Cooperation Commitment
Empathy SelfConfidence
Character Spirituality in business..
6 Hours
Unit II
Engineering Ethics
Senses of 'Engineering Ethics' Variety of moral issues Types of inquiry Moral autonomy Kohlberg's
theory Gilligan's theory Consensus and controversy Models of Professional Roles Theories about
right action
Selfinterest Uses of ethical theories.
6 Hours
Unit III
Engineering as Social Experimentation
Engineering as experimentation Engineers as responsible experimenters Codes of ethics A balanced
outlook on law The Challenger case study Bhopal Gas Tragedy The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl
case studies
Safety aspects in Nuclear Power plants
6 Hours
Unit IV
Responsibilities and Rights
Fundamental Rights, Responsibilities and Duties of Indian Citizens Collegiality and loyalty Respect for
authority Collective bargaining Confidentiality Conflicts of interest Occupational crime
Professional rights Employee rights Discrimination
Right to Information Act.
6 Hours
Unit V
Global Issues
Multinational corporations Environmental ethics and Environmental Protection Act Computer ethics
Engineers as managers Consulting engineers Engineers as expert witnesses and advisors Moral
leadership Sample code of ethics like IETE, ASME, ASCE, IEEE, Institution of Engineers (India), Indian
Institute of Materials Management
Weapons development.
6 Hours
Total: 30 Hours
Text Book
M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan and V. S. Senthil Kumar, Engineering Ethics, PHI Learning Private
1.
Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
References
1. Charles D. Fleddermann, Engineering Ethics, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India , New Jersey,
2004.
2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics Concepts and
Cases, Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2005.
4. http://www.slideworld.org/slidestag.aspx/humanvaluesand Professionalethics
5. www.mne.psu.edu/lamancusa/ProdDiss/Misc/ethics.ppt
ELECTIVE V
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 157
3   3.0
ELECTIVE VI
3   3.0
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering principles to solve
aeronautical engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
ELECTIVES
LANGUAGE ELECTIVE I
11O10B BASIC ENGLISH I*
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To offer students the basics of the English Language in a graded manner.
To promote efficiency in English Language by offering extensive opportunities for the
development of four language skills (LSRW) within the classroom.
To improve Spelling and Pronunciation by offering students rigorous practice and exercises.
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Course Outcome(s)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 158
Unit I
Module
1
2
3
4
5
Vocabulary/ Grammar
Basic words 12 most used words in
English, usage and pronunciation
Skills Sets
Starting a conversation and
talking about what one does
Unit II
Module Vocabulary/ Grammar
6
Basic words + greetings to be used at
different times of the day
7
Last 28 of the 100 most used words
Discriminative listening
Content listening and
Intonation
Skills Sets
Formal conversation
Informal conversation
between equals
Informal dialogues using
contracted forms
Vocabulary/ Grammar
Homophones
Skills Sets
Formal and informal methods
of selfintroduction
Vocabulary/ Grammar
Proper and common nouns
Skills Sets
Asking for personal
information and details
17
Pronouns
18
19
10
Skill Sets
Sentence construction
bolstered by mother
tongue
Creating and presenting
ones own action plan
Informal conversation
Reading comprehension
Skill Sets
Intonation to be used in
formal address
Reading practice and peer
learning
Guided speaking talking
to peers using contracted
forms
Offering congratulations
Unit III
Module
11
12
13
14
15
Skill Sets
Lets Talk is a group
activity that gives them
some important pointers
of speech
Translating English
sentences to Tamil
Team work speaking
activity involving group
work, soft skills
Using the lexicon
Unit IV
Module
16
Skill Sets
Pronunciation pointers an
informal introduction to
the IPA
Reading aloud and
comprehension
Reading practice and
comprehension
Pronunciation pointers
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 159
on the telephone
20
Tutorial
Unit V
Module
21
Vocabulary/ Grammar
Determiners
22
23
Am/is/are questions
24
25
Skills Sets
Interrupting a conversation
politely formal and informal
Thanking and responding to
thanks
Skill Sets
Pair work reading
comprehension
Comprehension questions
that test scanning,
skimming and deep
reading
Small group activity that
develops dialogue writing
Finishing sentences with
appropriate verbs
Tutorial
Unit VI
Module
26
27
28
29
30
Vocabulary/ Grammar
Words with silent b
Present continuous questions
Words with silent c
Simple present tense form and usage
Simple present tense rules
Words with silent gQuestions in the
simple present tense
Tutorial
Skills Sets
Calling for help in an
emergency
Making requests and
responding to them politely
Describing people
Describing places
Skill Sets
Dialogue writing
Identifying elements of
grammar in text extract
Guided writing
Filling in the blanks with
correct markers of tense
Total: 45 Hours
Resources
1. Basic English Module, L&L Education Resources, Chennai, 2011.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 160
Unit I
Grammar and Vocabulary
Vocabulary for describing different company structures and company hierarchy Practice using wh
questions; there is / there are, Definitions of Quality, Vocabulary of quality management Using nouns and
adjectives to form group nouns Phrases for offering and accepting help and invitations Telephone terms
Verb tenses Questions and responses Conditionals Gap Filling Exercises.
9 Hours
Unit II
Listening
Business Presentation Conversation between old friends; introducing a stranger A Quality Manager talks
about his work Conversation between acquaintances Sales talk at a sports equipment stand Small talk
among colleagues A tour of a factory in Italy Lunch in the factory canteen A meeting to improve the
efficiency of internal communication A phone conversation arranging to meet A credit card salesman
talks to the bank A conversation between business acquaintances  A management meeting about a recent
merger A conversation about a town, a country and its people.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
Pronunciation Practice Describing organizations  A company presentation Practicing of conversation
starters and closers with friends and strangers Practice of simple language and step by step procedures
to describe complex ideas Explaining visual information The language of increase and decrease applied
to graphs and bar charts  Presenting a work related graph Making a telephone call A sports equipment
buyer and a manufacturers sales representative talk business Entertaining a visitor in your country A
short marketing meeting Negotiating to meet around a busy schedule Pairs or small groups discuss the
implications of problems at an electronics factory Finding out all you can about a partner Chairing and
holding meetings Pairwork on questions and answers about places and people.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
Signalling the structure of a presentation introducing, sequencing and concluding a talk  Explaining
concepts and ideas The pattern of phone call conversations Giving, getting and checking information
Common Business phrases Giving encouragement: phrases for positive feedback; more emphatic
adjectives and adverbs Giving facts and explaining functions and processes Asking for and clarifying
information How to state your point, agree and disagree Practice of frequency, quantity and number  A
short marketing meeting Suggesting and agreeing times and places Phrases for the Chairperson People
at work: their emotions, skills and attitudes.
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
Making conditions using the present and future conditional Phrases for stalling for time  Common telephone
phrases and responses  Business Communication Calling for Quotation Letter asking for Clarification
Transcoding Rearranging the sentences Cloze Explaining visual information Explaining concepts and
ideas Giving, getting and checking information Business description Informal negotiations.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Jeremy Comfort, Pamela Rogerson, Trish Stott, and Derek Utley, Speaking Effectively
Developing Speaking Skills for Business English, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2002.
References
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 161
1.
2.
3.
4.
LANGUAGE ELECTIVE II
11O20B BASIC ENGLISH II*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) A vast improvement in vocabulary
(b) Stronger spelling ability
(c) A good command over Basic English grammar and its direct application
(d) Improved pronunciations and fewer intrusions from the mother tongue
(e) Improved reading competency
(f) Greater appreciation and interest in the language
Course Outcome(s)
The students will be able to communicate better with improved fluency, vocabulary and
pronunciation.
Unit I
Module
31
Vocabulary/ Grammar
Difference between present
continuous and simple present
tense.
Verbs have and have got
Skills Sets
Skill Sets
Describing animals
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 162
32
Simple past tense
33
34
Inviting people,
accepting and declining
invitations
Refusing an invitation
directions
Self enquiry and offering
ones opinion on a given topic.
Reading and practicing prewritten dialogues
35
Unit II
36
37
38
39
Apologizing and
responding to an
apology
Reading comprehension
Paying compliments and
responding to them
Describing daily
routines
(Reading) conversation
practice
Seeking, granting and refusing
permission
Pair work: writing dialogues
and presenting them
Reading and comprehension
skills
40
Unit III
Simple future tense
Talking about
possessions
Talking about current
activities
Asking for the time and
date
41
42
43
44
45
Unit IV
46
Articles a/an
47
48
49
50
Unit V
Transcribing dictation
Speaking: sharing
Comprehension logical
analysis, process analysis and
subjective expression
Vocabulary: using context
tools to decipher meaning
Listening to a poem being
recited, answer questions on
it and practice reciting the
same
Tutorial
Articles the: usage and avoidance
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 163
51
52
53
Unit VI
56
Speaking: Debate
Tutorial
57
58
59
60
Tutorial
Guided writing
Free writing
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate more effectively with:
(a) Complete preparation for the Cambridge Business English Certificate (BEC) Vantage examination
(b) Correct Pronunciation of words
(c) Proper business vocabulary
Course Outcome(s)
*
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 164
The Students will be able to clear the BEC Vantage Level Examination conducted by the
Cambridge ESOL
Unit I
Grammar and Vocabulary
Comparison of adjectives and adverbs tenses simple and complex questions countable/ uncountable
nouns, ing forms and infinitives conditionals comparing and contrasting ideas modal verbs while
and whereas for contrasting ideas passives used to, articles, reported speech, relative pronouns and
expressing cause and result workplacerelated vocabulary.
9 Hours
Unit II
Listening
Prediction  the ability to identify information ability to spell and write numbers correctly ability to infer,
understand gist, topic, context, and function, and recognize communicative functions ( complaining,
greeting, apologizing, etc.) ability to follow a longer listening task and interpret what the speakers say.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
The ability to talk about oneself and perform functions such as agreeing and disagreeing ability to express
opinions, agree, disagree, compare and contrast ideas and reach a decision in a discussion appropriate use
of stress, rhythm, intonation and clear individual speech sounds  take an active part in the development of
the discourse  turntaking and sustain the interaction by initiating and responding appropriately.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
The ability to skim and scan business articles for specific details and information To understand the
meaning and the structure of the text at word, phrase, sentence, and paragraph level ability to read in detail
and interpret opinions and ideas to develop ones understanding and knowledge of collocations ability to
identify and correct errors in texts.
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
The ability to write concisely, communicate the correct content and write using the correct register ability
to write requests, instructions, explanations, and ask for information by using the correct format in business
correspondences like charts, memo, note, email, letter, fax, report, proposal understanding formal and
informal styles responding to written or graphic input.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book
1.
References
1.
2.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 165
11O20G GERMAN*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of German language
To teach them how to converse in German in various occasions
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) Clarity on the basic sounds of the German language
(b) Improved fluency in German
(c) Proper vocabiulary
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of German language and start conversing in German.
Unit I
Grammar & Vocabulary
Introduction to German language: Alphabets, Numbers Nouns  Pronouns Verbs and Conjugations definite and indefinite article  Negation  Working with Dictionary Nominative  Accusative and dative
case propositions  adjectives  modal auxiliaries  Imperative case  Possessive articles.
9 Hours
Unit II
Listening
Listening to CD supplied with the books, paying special attention to pronunciation: Includes all lessons in
the book Greetings  talking about name country studies nationalities  ordering in restaurants  travel
office  Interaction with correction of pronunciation.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
Speaking about oneself  about family studies  questions and answers  dialogue and group conversation
on topics in textbooks  talks on chosen topics.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
Reading lessons and exercises in the class  pronunciation exercises: Alphabet name country people
profession family shopping travel numbers friends restaurant studies  festivals
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
Alphabets numbers  words and sentences  Exercises in the books  control exercises  writing on chosen
topics such as one self family studies  country.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Grundkurs DEUTSCH A Short Modern German Grammar Workbook and Glossary, VERLAG FUR
DEUTSCH, Munichen, 2007.
2. Grundkurs, DEUTSCH Lehrbuch Hueber Munichen, 2007.
References
1. Cassel Language Guides German: Christine Eckhard Black & Ruth Whittle, Continuum,
London / New York, 1992.
*
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 166
2.
3.
11O20J JAPANESE*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of Japanese language
To teach them how to converse in Japanese in various occasions
To teach the students the Japanese cultural facets and social etiquettes
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) Improved fluency in Japanese
(b) Clarity on the basic sounds of the Japanese language
(c) Proper vocabulary
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of Japanese language and start conversing in
Japanese.
Unit I
Introduction to Japanese  Japanese script  Pronunciation of Japanese(Hiragana)  Long vowels Pronunciation of in,tsu,ga  Letters combined with ya,yu,yo  Daily Greetings and Expressions  Numerals.
N1 wa N2 des  N1 wa N2 ja arimasen  S ka  N1mo  N1 no N2  .san  Kanji  Technical Japanese
Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit II
Introduction  Kore  Sore  are  Kono N1  Sono N1  ano N1  so des  so ja arimasen  S1 ka  S2 ka  N1
no N1  so des ka koko  soko  asoko  kochira  sochira  achira  N1 wa N2 (Place) des dhokoN1 no
N2  Kanji10  ima.jifun des  Introduction of verb  V mas  V masen  V mashitha  V masen deshitha
 N1(Time) ne V  N1 kara N2 des  N1 tho N2 / S ne Kanji10  Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25
Numbers) Dictionary Usage.
9 Hours
Unit III
 N1(Place) ye ikimas  ki mas  kayerimasu  Dhoko ye mo ikimasen  ikimasendheshitha  N1(vehicle) de
ikimasu  kimasu  kayerimasu  N1(Personal or Animal) tho V ithsu  S yo.  N1 wo V (Transitive)  N1
wo shimus  Nani wo shimasu ka  Nan & Nani  N1(Place) de V  V masen ka  V masho  Oo. Kanji10 , N1( tool  means ) de V  Word / Sentence wa go nan des ka  N1( Person ) ne agemus  N1(
Person ) ne moraimus  mo V shimashitha  , Kanji10 Japanese Typewriting using JWPCE Software,
Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit IV
*
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 167
Introduction to Adjectives  N1 wa na adj des. N1 wa ii adj des  na adj na N1  ii adj ii N1  Thothemo amari  N1 wa dho des ka  N1 wa dhonna N2 des ka  S1 ka S2 dhore  N1 ga arimasu  wakarimasu  N1
ga suki masu  N1 ga kiraimasu  jozu des  hetha des  dhonna N1  Usages of yoku  dhaithai  thakusan sukoshi  amari  zenzen  S1 kara S2  dhoshithe, N1 ga arimasu  imasu  N1(Place) ne N2 ga arimasu iimasu  N1 wa N2(Place) ne arimasu  iimasu  N1(Person,Place,or Thing ) no N2 (Position)  N1 ya N2,
Kanji10  Japanese Dictionary usage using JWPCE Software, Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit V
Saying Numbers , Counter Suffixes , Usages of Quantifiers Interrogatives  Dhono kurai  gurai
Quantifier(Period ) ne .kai V  Quantifier dhake / N1 dhake Kanji  Past tense of Noun sentences and na
Adjective sentences  Past tense of iiadj sentences  N1 wa N2 yori adj des  N1 tho N2 tho Dhochira ga adj
des ka and its answering method  N1 [ no naka ] de {nani/dhoko/dhare/ithsu} ga ichiban adj des ka answering N1 ga hoshi des  V1 mas form dhake mas  N1 (Place ) ye V masu form ne iki masu/ki
masu/kayeri masu  N1 ne V/N1 wo V  Dhoko ka  Nani ka gojumo  Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25
Numbers)
9Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 11, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,
Delhi, 2007.
2. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 12, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,
Delhi, 2007.
References
Software
1. Nihongo Shogo1
2. Nihongo Shogo2
3. JWPCE Software
Websites
1. www.japaneselifestyle.com
2. www.learnjapanese.info/
3. www.kanjisite.com/
4. www.learnhiraganakatakana.com/typinghiraganacharacters/
11O20F FRENCH*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of French language
To teach them how to converse in French in various occasions
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively:
1. Improved fluency in French
2. Clarity on the basic sounds of the French language
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of French language and start conversing in
French.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 168
Unit I
Alphabet Franais (alphabets)  Les accents franais (the accents in French) aigu grave circonflexe
trma  cdille  crire son nom dans le franais (spelling ones name in French)
9 Hours
Unit II
Les noms de jours de la semaine (Days of the week)  Les noms de mois de l'anne (Months)  numro 1
100 (numbers 1 to 100)
9 Hours
Unit III
Moyens de transport (transport)  noms de professions (professions)  noms d'endroits communs (places) nationalits (nationalities)
9 Hours
Unit IV
Pronoms (pronouns)  Noms communs masculins et de femme (common masculine and feminine nouns) Verbes communs (common verbs)
9 Hours
Unit V
Prsentation  mme (Introducing Oneself)  narration de son nom  l'endroit o on vit  son ge  date de
naissance  sa profession  numro de tlphone  adresse (name  where one lives age  date of birth
profession  telephone number and address)  Narration du temps (tellling the time)
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book
1. Angela Wilkes, French for Beginners, Usborne Language Guides, Usborne Publishing Ltd., Ohio,
1987.
References
1. Ann Topping, Beginners French Reader, Natl Textbook Co, 1975.
2. Stanley Applebaum, First French Reader, Dover Publications, 1998.
3. Max Bellancourt, Cours de Franais, London: Linguaphone, 2000.
Softwares
1. Franais Linguaphone, Linguaphone Institute Ltd., London, 2000.
2. Franais I. Harrisonburg: The Rosetta Stone: Fairfield Language Technologies, 2001.
11O20H HINDI*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of Hindi
To teach them how to converse in Hindi in various occasions
To help learners acquire the ability to understand a simple technical text in Hindi
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) Improved fluency in Hindi
(b) Clarity on the basic sounds of the Hindi language
(c) Proper vocabulary
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of Hindi language and start conversing in Hindi.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 169
Unit I
Hindi Alphabet
Introduction  Vowels  Consonants  Plosives  Fricatives  Nasal sounds  Vowel Signs  Chandra Bindu &
Visarg Table of Alphabet Vocabulary.
9 Hours
Unit II
Nouns
Genders (Masculine & Feminine Nouns ending in ,,, u, ) Masculine & Feminine Reading Exercises.
9 Hours
Unit III
Pronouns and Tenses
Categories of Pronouns  Personal Pronouns  Second person (you & honorific)  Definite & Indefinite
pronouns  Relative pronouns  Present tense  Past tense  Future tense  Assertive & Negative Sentences Interrogative Sentences.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Classified Vocabulary
Parts of body Relatives Spices Eatables Fruit & Vegetables  Clothes  Directions Seasons Professions.
9 Hours
Unit V
Speaking
Model Sentences Speaking practice for various occasions.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book
1. B. R. Kishore, Self Hindi Teacher for NonHindi Speaking People, Vee Kumar Publications (P)
Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
References
1. Syed, Prayojan Mulak Hindi, Rahamathullah Vani Prakasan, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Ramdev, Vyakaran Pradeep, Saraswathi Prakasan, Varanasi, 2004.
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES
11A001 THEORY OF ELASTICITY
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To understand the basics and Assumptions In Elasticity
To understand the plane stress and plane strain problems in various beams.
To understand the theoretical concepts of material behavior with particular emphasis on their elastic
property
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
Course Outcome(s)
1. Improve the strength of material behavior.
2. Performance analysis of various Stress strain relations
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 170
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
70
100
Test II
10
20
70
.100
Model
Examination
10
20
70
.100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
.100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 171
material is to be limited to 200 N/mm2 tension. Find the allowable value of shear stress at this point.
Determine also the maximum shear stress.
Apply / Evaluate
1. At a point in material under stress, the intensity of the resultant stress on a certain plane is 60 MPa
(tensile) inclined at 30 to normal of that plane. The stress on a plane at right angles to this has a
normal stress of 40 MPa (tensile). Find (i) the resultant stress on the second plane (ii) the principal
planes and stresses and (iii) the plane of maximum shear and its intensity.
2. Derive the compatibility equation for stresses in plain strain condition. Explain the importance of
compatibility equation.
3. A concentrated load acts on the vertex of a wedge at a angle to the vertical. Find the stresses in
the wedge.
4. In polar coordinates, obtain the stress equilibrium equation in radial and tangential directions.
5. Find the stress and displacements in a shaft with elliptical cross section subjected to a torque
using S. venants semi inverse method.
6. Explain Prandtls theory of torsion and what are its limitations.
Unit I
Assumptions in Elasticity
Definitions notations and sign conventions for stress and strain, equations of equilibrium.
Study of material properties.
9 Hours
Unit II
Basic Equations of Elasticity
Strain displacement relations, stress strain relations, Lames constant cubical dilation, compressibility
of material, bulk modulus, shear modulus, compatibility equations for stresses and strains, principal stresses
and principal strains, Mohrs circle, Saint Venants principle.
Application of Mohrs circle.
9 Hours
Unit III
Plane Stress and Plane Strain Problems
Airys stress function, biharmonic equations, polynomial solutions, simple twodimensional problems in
cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simply supported beams, etc.
Study of plane stress and plane strain and their applications.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Polar Coordinates
Equations of equilibrium, strain displacement relations, stress strain relations, axi symmetric problems,
Kirsch, Mitchells and Boussinesque problems.
Application of Kirsch and Mitchells problems in polar coordinates.
9 Hours
Unit V
Torsion
Naviers theory, St. Venants theory, Prandtls theory on torsion, the semi inverse method and applications
to shafts of circular, elliptical, equilateral triangular and rectangular sections.
Study of torsional equation.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
Timoshenko, S., and Goodier, T.N., Theory of Elasticity, McGrawHill Ltd., Tokyo, 1990.
1.
References
1.
Enrico Volterra & J.H. Caines, Advanced Strength of Materials, Prentice Hall New Jersey, 1991.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 172
2.
3.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different types of instruments
2. Improve the method of non destructive testing skills
3. Performance analysis of instruments
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
create
Total
Test I
10
40
50
100
Test II
10
20
70
100
Model
Examination
10
30
70
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 173
Apply / Evaluate
1. What are the applications of mechanical extensometers and electrical extensometers over
different fields?
2. Explain the different NDT methods
3. What are the different types of NDT methods performing in the aircrafts?
Unit I
Measurements
Principles of measurements, accuracy, sensitivity and range of measurements.
Measurement techniques.
9 Hours
Unit II
Extensometers
Mechanical, optical, acoustical and electrical extensometers and their uses, advantages and disadvantages.
Principle of operation of extensometers.
9 Hours
Unit III
Electrical Resistance Strain Gauges
Principle of operation and requirements, types and their uses, materials for strain gauge. Calibration and
temperature compensation, cross sensitivity, rosette analysis, potentiometer circuit for static and dynamic
strain measurements, strain indicators.
Study of Wheastone bridge circuit.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Photo Elasticity
Two dimensional photo elasticity, concept of light photoelastic effects, stress optic law, interpretation of
fringe pattern, compensation and separation techniques, photo elastic materials.
Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity.
9 Hours
Unit V
NonDestructive Testing
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 174
References
1. Hetyenyi, M., Hand book of Experimental Stress Analysis, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York,
1972.
2. Pollock A.A., Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progress, Ed. Stephens R.W.B., Chapman
and Hall, 1993.
11A003 THEORY OF PLATES AND SHELLS
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To study the behavior of the plates and shells with different geometry under various types
of
loads.
By acquiring the knowledge of plates and shells, students are able to take up works of mechanical,
civil, structural, and aeronautical engineering
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
20
50
20
100
10
20
50
20
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 175
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Understand
1. Discuss about the different plates having the different shapes?
2. Say about forced vibration?
3. What is classical plate theory?
4. Give the points about annular plates?
5. State the Rayleigh method to reshape the rectangular plates.
6. Discuss about basic shell structures.
7. Define static vibration.
8. What is axisymmetric loading over a plate?
9. Explain about finite difference method?
Apply / Evaluate
1. Derive Rayleigh method for simply supported with central point load.
2. Find the displacements for simply supported rectangular plates by using Naviers methods.
Create
1. Create and design of innovative idea for cylindrical shell.
Unit I
Classical Plate Theory
Classical plate theory assumptions differential equation boundary conditions.
Study of thin and thick shells.
9 Hours
Unit II
Plates of Various Shades
Naviers method of solution for simply supported rectangular plates leavys method of solution for
rectangular plates under different boundary conditions. Governing equation solution for axisymmetric
loading annular plates plates of other shapes.
Study of longitudinal stresses in plates.
9 Hours
Unit III
Eigen Value Analysis
Stability and free vibration analysis of rectangular plates.
Simple problems on rectangular plates.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Approximate Methods
Rayleigh Ritz, Galerkin Methods Finite Difference Method application to rectangular plates for static,
free vibration and stability analysis.
Study of Finite Element Method.
9 Hours
Unit V
Shells
Basic concepts of shell type of structures membrane and bending theories for circular cylindrical shells.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 176
To study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism of components
To learn the failure mechanism of components. .
To understand all the failure modes (i.e. fracture, fatigue, creep etc.).
Programme Outcome(s)
e)
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
Systems and components.
d) An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
50
20
100
Test II
20
20
.
40
20
100
Model
Examination
20
20
.
40
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
.
40
30
100
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to
20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will
be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 177
.
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
What is an SN Curve?
What is low cycle and high cycle fatigue behavior?
What are the different phases of a crack with respect to fatigue life?
What is fracture toughness?
Define safe life and fail safe design.
List down the factors that are to be considered, while designing the components to avoid fatigue
failure.
List the counting techniques used in fatigue study.
With neat sketches, explain different modes of crack growth.
Understand
1.
Explain the significant points in the SN curve.
2.
What are the effects of notches and cutouts in the loaded structures?
3.
Differentiate between low cycle and high cycle fatigue behavior of structures.
4.
Explain the methods of reducing stress concentrations.
Explain the dislocation theory.
5.
6.
Explain the fracture failure in terms of energy.
What do you understand by fluctuating stresses, repeated stresses and alternating stresses?
7.
8.
Explain a method, in detail, to increase the fatigue life of a structure.
9. What do you understand by strain hardening? How does that change the mechanical properties of
a material?
10. Explain Miner's theory to estimate the life of a component.
11. Describe any one of counting techniques used in fatigue study.
12. Explain the relevance of coffin  Manson theory in the study of fatigue behavior of materials.
13. Explain in detail the dislocations happening in a material.
14. Explain the linear cumulative damage law for predicting the number of cycles to failure.
15. Explain the effect of thickness on fatigue toughness.
16. Explain the Griffith's theory for obtaining the failure stress.
17. What is stress intensity factor? Discuss the theoretical and experimental values of the factors for
different geometries.
18. Explain a procedure to predict the fatigue life of an aircraft.
Evaluate
1. What is the need for using for factor of safety in the design, of components?
2. Using Soderberg method,' determine the required diameter of a solid circular rod of a ductile
material having endurance strength has 266 MPa and tensile yield strength has 350 MPa. The rod is
subjected to varying axial load from 800 kN compression to 700 kN tension. The stress
concentration factor is 1.8 and factor of safety is 2.0.
3. Explain the informations you may get about the materials from the fatigue fracture surfaces,
4. What is the need for Fracture Mechanics study in design of aircraft components?
Create
1. Obtain the strainenergy release rate on plate with a crack subjected to a tensile load.
2. Give suitable examples of aircraft structural components of composite materials and
Unit I
Fatigue of Structures
Endurance limits  effect of mean stress, Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg relations and diagrams  notches
and stress concentrations  Neubers stress concentration factors  plastic stress concentration factors notched S.N. Curves.
Study of S.N. Curves.
9 Hours
Unit II
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 178
Unit IV
Fracture Mechanics
Strength of cracked bodies  potential energy and surface energy  Griffiths theory  Irwin  Orwin
extension of Griffiths theory to ductile materials  stress analysis of cracked bodies  effect of thickness on
fracture toughness.
Stress intensity factors for typical geometries.
9 Hours
Unit V
Fatigue Design and Testing
Safe life and failsafe design philosophies  importance of fracture mechanics in aerospace structures.
Application to composite materials and structures.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
Prasanth Kumar Elements of fracture mechanics Wheeter publication, 1999.
2.
Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., Fatigue of aircraft structure, Pe/gamon press. Oxford, 1983.
References
1.
Sin, C.G., Mechanics of fracture Vol. I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International Publishing Co.,
Netherlands, 1989.
2.
Knott, J.F., Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London, 1983
Calculate the mode shapes and frequencies for the free response of continuous vibratory systems and
use modal methods to calculate the forced response of these systems.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 179
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
Course Outcome(s)
An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering by developing the equations
of motion for vibratory systems and solving for the free and forced response.
Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems. This will be accomplished by having
students model, analyze and modify a vibratory structure order to achieve specified requirements.
Understanding professional and ethical responsibilities. This will be accomplished by emphasizing
the importance of understanding how structural vibrations may affect safety and reliability of
engineering systems.
An understanding of space structures by discussing vibration problems unique to large flexible
structures
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
30
60
100
10
30
60
100
Model
Examination
10
30
60
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
Undersatand
1. Describe DAlembet s Principle?
2. Explain the Effect Of Rotatory Interia?
3. Give the Examples for virtual Work Forces?
Apply
1. Apply the Eigen Values And solve the Given problem?
2. How the Rayleighs principle and Rayleigh Ritz method in the Engergy Equation?
3. Solve the Stifness and Flexibility Methods?
Unit I
Forcedeflection Properties of Structures
Constraints and Generalized coordinates Virtual work and generalized forces Force Deflection influence
functions.
Stiffness and flexibility methods.
9 Hours
Unit II
Principles of Dynamics
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 180
Free, Damped and forced vibrations of systems with finite degrees of freedom. DAlemberts principle
Hamiltons principle.
Lagranges equations of motion and its applications.
9 Hours
Unit III
Natural Modes of Vibration
Equations of motion for free vibrations. Solution of Eigen value problems Normal coordinates.
Orthogonality conditions of Eigen vectors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Energy Methods
Rayleighs principle and Rayleigh Ritz method. Coupled natural modes. Effect of rotary inertia.
Shear on lateral vibrations of beams.
9 Hours
Unit V
Approximate Methods
Approximate methods of evaluating the eigen values and the dynamic response of continuous systems.
Application of Matrix methods for dynamic analysis.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. W.C. Hurty and M.F. Rubinstein, Dynamics of Structures, Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd.,New
Delhi, 1987.
2. F.S.Tse, I.E. Morse and H.T. Hinkle, Mechanical Vibration, Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd.,New
Delhi, 1988.
Reference(s)
1. R.K. Vierck, Vibration Analysis, 2nd Edition, Thomas Y. Crowell & Co., Harper & RowPublishers,
New York, U.S.A., 1989.
2. S.P. Timoshenko and D.H. Young, Vibration Problems in Engineering, John Willey & Sons Inc.,
1984.
3. 5. Von. Karman and A.Biot, Mathematical Methods in Engineering, McGrawHill Book Co., New
York, 1985.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 181
To understand the process of aircraft design and apply the knowledge of propulsion, structures
and aerodynamics.
For an understanding and experience of design of an aerospace system, mission, or vehicle.
To experience working with others on multidisciplinary team to accomplish an engineering
goal
To experience preparing and delivering Preliminary and Critical Design Reviews, and final
reporting.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
10
30
60
100
10
30
60
100
Model
Examination
10
30
60
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100
Remember
1. Describe the types of aircraft?
2. Define the Strength and stiffness?
3. What are the methods of analysis in Testing?
Understanding
1. Classify the Level flight, climb, take off and landing calculations?
2. Explain Characteristics of different types of power plants?
3. Estimate the Amount of loads on complete aircraft and components?
Apply
1. Illustarte Layout peculiarities of subsonic and supersonic aircraft?
2. Write the Propeller characteristics and selection with merits?
3. Prepare Structural design of fuselage, wings and undercarriages?
UNIT I
Review of Developments in Aviation
Categories and types of aircrafts various configurations Layouts and their relative merits strength,
stiffness, fail safe and fatigue requirements Maneuvering load factors Gust and maneuverability
envelopes.
Balancing and maneuvering loads on tail planes.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Power Plant Types and Characteristics
Characteristics of different types of power plants Propeller characteristics and selection.
Relative merits of location of power plant.
9 Hours
UNIT III
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 182
Preliminary Design
Selection of geometric and aerodynamic parameters Weight estimation and balance diagram Drag
estimation of complete aircraft Level flight, climb, take off and landing calculations range and
endurance.
Static and dynamic stability estimates, control requirements.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Special Problems
Layout peculiarities of subsonic and supersonic aircraft optimization of wing loading to achieve desired
performance.
Loads on undercarriages and design requirements.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Structural Design
Estimation of loads on complete aircraft and components Structural design of fuselage, wings and
undercarriages, controls, connections and joints.
Materials for modern aircraft, Methods of analysis, testing and fabrication.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. D.P. Raymer, Aircraft Design: A conceptual Approach, AIAA Series, 2012.
2. G. Corning, Supersonic & Subsonic Airplane Design, II Edition, Edwards Brothers Inc., Michigan,
1953.
3. E.F. Bruhn, Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicle Structures, Tristate Offset Co., U.S.A., 1980.
Reference(s)
1. E. Torenbeek, Synthesis of Subsonic Airplane Design, Delft University Press, London, 1976.
2. H.N.Kota, Integrated design approach to Design fly by wire Lecture notes Interline Pub. Bangalore,
1992.
3. A.A. Lebedenski, Notes on airplane design, PartI, I.I.Sc., Bangalore, 1971.
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding basic concepts of
measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing.
To understand the application of various types of wind tunnels.
To learn the basic measurement procedure involving wind tunnel testing.
To understand nature flow over the various components.
Programme Outcome(s)
(f) An ability to use the internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages.
Necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(e)
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 183
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different components in wind tunnel.
2. Improve the accuracy of results by using various methods.
3. Calibration of wind tunnels
4. To visualize the flow over the component by using various techniques.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total
Test I
10
30
20
10
30
100
Test II
10
20
20
40
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 184
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Analyze
1. Briefly discuss the scale effects of similarities.
2. What is understood by the term low speed wind tunnel in aerodynamic testing? Describe with
brief details through sketches and plots, various types of low speed wind tunnels based upon the
details of the flow in test section.
3. Explain the phenomenon of separation of flow over a 2D wing with the help of liquid paraffin
generated smoke wire technique with good sketches. What are its merits over kerosene generated
smoke?
4. Bring out the essential features of a strain gauge based six component internal wind balance.
Explain how the six components are measured using the balance.
Evaluate
1. Briefly explain the measurement of pressure, velocity and force in a wind tunnel.
2. Explain the dynamic similarity between a wind tunnel model and the prototype to be flighttested.
What are the essential conditions to be satisfied for the results to be carried from the model to the
prototype? Are there any limitations or preconditions involved?
3. Describe the basis for the measurement of pressure and instruments used for the purpose. What are
its advantages and applications? Illustrate with theory and an example. It is desired to obtain
pressure distribution of a rotating circular cylinder kept in the test section of a wind tunnel.
4. What types of wind tunnel balances are used to ascertain forces and moments on an airplane model
in a low speed wind tunnel? Hence describe the underlying principles of an external type wind
tunnel balance for measuring lift, drag and pitching moments over a finite span wing.
Create
1. Design the subsonic wind tunnel.
2. Design the test section for supersonic speed.
Unit I
Principles of Model Testing
Buckingham theorem nondimensional numbers scale effect and types of similarities.
Study of different types testing models.
9 Hours
Unit II
Wind Tunnels
Classification special problems of testing in subsonic, transonic, supersonic and hypersonic speed regions
layouts sizing and design parameters.
Study of boundary layer wind tunnel.
9 Hours
Unit III
Calibration of Wind Tunnels
Test section speed horizontal buoyancy flow angularities turbulence measurements associated
instrumentation calibration of supersonic tunnels.
Importance of calibration and calibration methods.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Wind Tunnel Measurements
Pressure and velocity measurements force measurements three component and six component balances
internal balances.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 185
Pressure transducers.
9 Hours
Unit V
Flow Visualization
Smoke and tuft grid techniques dye injection special techniques optical methods of flow visualization.
Water flow visualization method.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Rae, W.H. and Pope, A. Low Speed Wind Tunnel Testing, John Wiley Publication, 1984.
References
1. Pope, A., and Goin, L., High Speed wind Tunnel Testing, John Wiley, 1985.
To study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis on interplanetary
trajectories
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages,
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Knowledge of atmosphere or space layers.
2.
Knowledge of earth orbits.
3.
Different types space vehicles and satellite.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
60
10
100
Test II
10
20
40
30
100
Model
Examination
10
20
40
30
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
40
30
100
Remember
1. What is turning angle?
2. Discuss the various assumptions considered in two body mechanics.
3. Explain the various orbital elements required to describe a satellite with respect to the earth.
4. Explain solar radiation perturbation and Lunisolar perturbation.
5. Describe in detail Cowells and Enckes methods as applicable to orbital perturbations.
6. Discuss two dimensional and three dimensional interplanetary trajectory analyses.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 186
Apply / Evaluate
1.
Calculate the period of Halleys Comet and predict the year of next return. Where, Halleys
Comet last passed perihelion in 1986. It has a semimajor axis(a) = 17.9564 AU and eccentricity
(e) = 0.967298. [One astronomical unit (AU) is the distance between the earth and the sun].
2.
Calculate the theoretical final velocity of the V2 with Tsiolkovski, assuming that the exhaust
velocity of the rocket engine is 2250 m/s (ethanol + 25% water, liquid oxygen). Is this sufficient
to bring a satellite in a low earth orbit with 90 minutes orbital period?
3.
Calculate the velocity loss (gravity loss) Vg during the launch, assuming a rocket engine
burning time of 5 minutes.
Unit I
Basic Concepts
The solar system references frames and coordinate systems the celestial sphere the ecliptic motion of
vernal equinox sidereal time solar time standard time.
Study of the earths atmosphere.
9 Hours
Unit II
The General NBody Problem
The many body Problem Lagrange Jacobian Identity The Circular Restricted Three Body Problem
Libration Points Relative Motion in the Nbody Problem Two Body Problem Satellite Orbits
Relations Between Position and Time.
Study of orbital Elements.
9 Hours
Unit III
Satellite Injection and Satellite Orbit Perturbations
General aspects of satellite injections satellite orbit transfer various cases orbit deviations due to
injection errors special and general perturbations Cowells method Enckes method General
perturbations approach.
Method of vibrations of orbital elements.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 187
Interplanetary Trajectories
Two dimensional interplanetary trajectories fast interplanetary trajectories three dimensional
interplanetary trajectories launch if interplanetary spacecraft trajectory about the target planet.
Trajectory paths of launch vehicles for polar orbit and geosynchronous orbit.
9 Hours
Unit V
Ballistic Missile Trajectories and Materials
The boost phase the ballistic phase trajectory geometry optimal flights time of flight re entry phase
the position of the impact point influence coefficients. Space environment peculiarities effect of
space environment on the selection of spacecraft material.
Spacecraft and missile materials.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.
Cornelisse, J.W., Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamic, W.H. Freeman & Co., 1984.
References
1.
Sutton, G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley, 1993.
2.
Van de Kamp, P., Elements of Astromechanics, Pitman, 1979.
3.
Parker E.R., Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft, McGrawHill Book Co. Inc., 1982.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
10
30
50
10
100
Test II
10
30
50
10
100
Model
Examination
10
30
50
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
50
10
100
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 188
Remember
1.
What is advancing blade concept?
2.
Define the blade twist?
3.
What is the fail safe concept?
4.
What are the forces acting on the main rotor blades in rotation?
5.
Explain lift symmetry.
6.
Explain takeoff and landing performance.
7.
Discuss the limiting height  speed envelope.
8.
Determine the stability characteristics of helicopter.
9.
Explain the parameters which influence the main rotor design.
10. Explain the procedure for weighing helicopter.
Understand
1.
Discuss on the variables affecting aerodynamic coefficients.
2.
What is an auxiliary rotor?
3.
Explain the effects of flapping.
4.
Explain the total power required for helicopter performance.
5.
Define the auto rotative and antiauto rotative areas.
6.
Elaborate the Retreating blade stall concept.
7.
Explain the flight envelope diagram and maneuvering loads.
8.
What are the limitation of rotor RPM?
9.
Define the stability augmentation system.
10. Discuss the working mechanism of hovercraft.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
State the effects that increased density altitude has on power available and power required.
2.
State the effect the tail rotor will have on power available to the main rotor.
3.
Interpret how a vortex is formed and how it affects the efficiency of the rotor system.
Create
1.
Unit I
Elements of Helicopter Aerodynamics
Configurations Based On Torque ReactionJet Rotors and Compound HelicoptersMethods of Control
Collective and Cyclic Pitch Changes Lead Lag and Flapping Hinges.
Study of different existing rotor dynamic helicopter and their specifications.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ideal Rotor Theory
Hovering performance momentum and simple blade element theories figure of merit profile and
induced power estimation constant chord and ideal twist rotors.
Blade element theory and momentum theory.
9 Hours
Unit III
Power Estimates
Induced, profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight curves with effects of altitude preliminary
ideas on helicopter stability.
Hovering and stability of helicopter.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Lift, Propulsion and Control of V/STOL Aircraft
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 189
Various configurations propeller, rotor, ducted fan and jet lift tilt wing and vectored thrust performance
of VTOL and stol aircraft in hover, transition and forward motion.
Performance and thrust calculations of VSTOL.
9 Hours
Ground Effect Machines
Types hover height, lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet
machine drag of hovercraft on land and water.
Applications of hovercraft.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Gessow, and Myers, G.C., Aerodynamics of Helicopter, Macmillan & Co., N.Y., 1987.
2. Gupta, L., Helicopter Engineering, Himalayan Books, 1996.
References
1. McCormick, B.W., Aerodynamics of V/STOL Flight, Academic Press, 1987.
2. Johnson, W., Helicopter Theory, Princeton University Press, 1980.
3. McCormick, B.W., Aerodynamics, Aeronautics & Flight Mechanics, John Wiley, 1995.
To introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles.
To describe the principles and working of vehicleperformance, vehicle stability and control, 2body orbit theory, propulsion systems and computational methods to solve beginning level
problems in rocket and missiles
Programme Outcome(S)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of Thrust vector control
2. Improve the design for igniters
3. Performance analysis of stage separations
4. Development in cooling method for heat protection.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/ Evaluate
4
Analyze
Test I
10
20
50
Test II
10
20
50
Model
Examination
10
20
50
Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 190
Create
Total
20
100
20
100
20
100
20
100
Remember
1. What are called pyrogen igniters?
2. What is the role of caviations in propellant tank outlet design?
3. List out the various types of liquid rocket engine injectors.
4. How are missiles classified?
5. Mention the aerodynamic characteristics of air to surface missiles.
6. What are the different types of drag produced in missiles?
7. What is zero lift trajectory?
8. What is kick angle?
9. How thrust control is achieved by jetevator control for rockets?
10. What is thrust vector control?
11. What is the wing control of supersonic guided missiles?
12. Suggest the materials for wing leading edges and nozzle throat?
13. What is the need for ceramic materials in missiles?
14. What is an adaptive nozzle?
15. How cooling is necessary for reentry bodies?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
How do you characterize the pyrotechnic igniter from its performance point of view?
What is tank collapse?
Under what design requirements a turbo pump feed system is preferred over a pressure feed
system for a liquid rocket engine.
What is chugging in solid propellant burning?
What is missile dispersion?
What are the important component of airframe of rocket and missiles?
Suggest the fins in rocket, is it necessary?
What is radio fuse in missiles?
Write a phase of missile guidance.
What is gravity turn trajectory?
Discuss about thrust misalignment force.
Why SITVS is important for multistage rockets?
What are the techniques that are used for stage separation of a space launch vehicle in space?
Give details about canard control of guided missiles.
What materials are used for rear bodies of short range tactile missiles?
Apply / Evaluate
1.
3.
A solid propellant rocket burns at a rate of 8.3 mm/sec and the burning surface temperature is
1073 K. At a depth of micron from the burning surface, the solid phase temperature is 354 k.
Estimate thermal efficiency of the propellant.
The mass ratio and specific impulse of a rocket are 5.6 and 286seconds respectively. The
rocket is tracing and inclined trajectory with a constant pitch angle of 38degree.The burnout
time is 128 seconds. Estimate the angle of attack at a time of 12 seconds after burnout.
Determine the mass ratio for vehicle optimization in the multistage rockets?
1.
2.
3.
2.
Create
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 191
Unit I
Classification of Missiles and Launch Vehicles
Ignition system in rockets types of igniters igniter design considerations design consideration of liquid
rocket combustion chamber, injector propellant feed lines, valves, propellant tanks outlet and helium
pressurized and turbine feed systems propellant slash and propellant hammer elimination of geysering
effect in missiles.
Combustion system of solid rockets.
9 Hours
Unit II
Aerodynamics of Rockets and Missiles
Airframe components of rockets and missiles forces acting on a missile while passing through atmosphere
classification of missiles methods of describing aerodynamic forces and moments lateral aerodynamic
moment lateral damping moment and longitudinal moment of a rocket lift and drag forces drag
estimation body upwash and downwash in missiles rocket dispersion numerical problems.
Aerodynamic heating of rockets.
9 Hours
Unit III
Rocket Motion in Free Space and Gravitational Field
One dimensional and two dimensional rocket motions in free space and homogeneous gravitational fields
description of vertical, inclined and gravity turn trajectories determination of range and altitude simple
approximations to burnout velocity.
Thrust vector controls.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Staging and Control of Rockets and Missiles
Rocket vector control methods thrust determination SITVC multistaging of rockets vehicle
optimization stage separation dynamics separation techniques.
Ejection of various stages of rockets.
9 Hours
Unit V
Aero Thermo Heating and Materials
Heat flux and heat transfer, selection of materials special requirements of materials to perform under
adverse conditions.
Ablative materials used in rockets and missiles.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Sutton, G.P., et al., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1993.
References
1. Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
New Delhi 1998.
2. Cornelisse, J.W., Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamics, J.W., Freeman & Co. Ltd., London, 1982.
3. Parket, E.R., Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft, McGrawHill Book Co. Inc., 1982.
4. Vinayak and Srinivasan, Aircraft materials, 2008.
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understand the aerodynamic aspects
of wind generators, automobiles, buildings etc.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 192
To understand the application of various aerodynamic aspects in vehicles and buildings etc.,
To learn the aerodynamics important in recent industries.
Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
Systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
30
20
20
100
Test II
10
20
30
20
20
100
Model
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 193
10.
(d) Gust.
What is the basic principle of wind energy conversion?
Understand
1. How is the wind affected by the terrain?
2. Compare and contrast the effects of atmospheric boundary layer and boundary layer on a low speed
car and on a high speed car.
3. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of wind energy conversion systems.
4. What are the forces acting on a moving car? Derive the expression for power required to move the
car?
5. Why is wind energy classified as secondary? Explain and justify or give your reasons against.
6. Derive the expression for the available (total) wind power for a wind speed of V, and diameter D of a
horizontal axis wind machine.
7. Discuss about separation and reattachment and what are the four variables that affect it discuss.
8. Discuss in brief about the various design parameters of a chimney with neat sketches.
9. Prove that in case of horizontal axis wind turbine maximum power can be obtained when The exit
velocity is = ( 1/3 ) wind velocity and Pmax = (8/27) ? A V3 Explain all the parameters clearly.
10. Discuss about the pressure distribution on low rise building in brief.
11. Explain about the importance of the height of the chimney and velocity ratio in the study of
diffusion of effluents in brief.
12. Describe the external shape of a racing car using sketches for the three views. What is pressure?
How is pressure of wind affected by the shape of the car? How is it affected by the speed of the car?
Draw good sketches.
13. Describe the aerodynamic forces on a wind turbine (wind mill) blade. Explain all the variables used.
14. Explain the effects of environmental winds in city blocks in brief.
Analyze
A wind of 10 m/s is blowing over a level ground at the foot of a hill. Draw the variation of the wind
speed over the hill starting from the top of the hill to a height of 50 ft. State your assumptions very
clearly.
1. What is the shape you recommend for the blade and why?
Evaluate
1. Is the terrain affected by the wind? Explain.
2. Calculate the total wind power for wind velocities of 5, 10 and 15 m/s and rotor diameters of 20 and
40 m. Show the results graphically.
3. Describe the principle by which the wind speed is converted into useful energy by a wind mill.
Derive the expression for total power (available power), maximum obtainable power density and
total power obtained.
i. Discuss about the various design parameters that have to be considered for a tail building.
Illustrate.
4. Wind at 1 standard atmospheric pressure and 15 degree Celsius temperature has a velocity of 15
m/s. The turbine has a diameter of 20 m and its operating speed is 30 rpm at maximum
efficiency. Calculate
i. The total power density in the wind stream
ii. The maximum obtainable power density assuming ? = 35%
iii. The total power produced in kilo Watts
iv. The torque and axial thrust.
5. From the following parameters
i. r = 0.015
ii. Mass of the car = 1251Kg
iii. Silhouette area of the car A=1.77m2
iv. Cd of a car = 0.38.
(a) Calculate the resistant force of rolling friction?
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 194
6.
Create
1.
2.
(b) Calculate air resistance force for different speeds and calculate the power required.
i. V1 = 36kmph
ii. V2 = 54kmph
iii. V3 = 110kmph.
Design the various parameters of a chimney with neat sketches.
Show conclusively whether you would invest over wind energy in India or not. What are the
factors to be considered if you would proceed with harnessing wind energy? Discuss whether any
additional sources of energy those have to be utilized simultaneously.
Unit I
Wind Energy Collectors
Types of winds, causes of variation of winds, atmospheric boundary layer, effect of terrain on gradient
height. Horizontal axis and vertical axis machines, power coefficient, betz coefficient by momentum theory.
Application of industrial aerodynamics.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ground Vehicle Aerodynamics
Power requirement and drag coefficients of automobiles, effects of cut back angle, aerodynamics of trains
and hovercraft.
Study of car and trainaerodynamics.
9 Hours
Unit III
Building Aerodynamics
Pressure distribution on low rise buildings, wind forces on buildings, environmental winds in city blocks,
special problems of tall buildings, building codes, building ventilation and architectural aerodynamics.
Flow over the building model.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flow Induced Vibrations
Effect of Reynolds number on wake formation of bluff shapes, vortex induced vibrations, galloping and stall
flutter.
Study of wake formation.
9 Hours
Unit V
Industrial Gas Turbines
Special features of industrial and stationary gas turbines as compared to aircraft gas turbines.
Study of wind mills.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
Scorer, R.S., Environmental Aerodynamics, Ellis Harwood Ltd., England, 1998.
2.
Sachs. P., Wind Forces in Engineering, Pergamon Press, 1988.
References
1. Sovran M., Aerodynamics Drag Mechanisms of Bluff Bodies and road vehicles, Plenum Press,
N.Y., 1978.
2.
Blevins, R.D., Flow Induced vibrations, Charles Griffin & Co., London, 1979.
11A023 INTRODUCTION TO COMBUSTION
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To know the composition of various types of fuels and their properties
To understand the thermodynamic of combustion
To understand the pollution from combustion of fuels and controlling them.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 195
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve
aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Course Outcome(s)
To explain the thermodynamics of combustion and analyse the composition of various types of fuels
and their properties.
To discuss the fundamental physical and chemical principles of various combustion phenomena
independent of an application
To address various combustion problems by extending the earliergained knowledge of
thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and heat/mass transfer.
To make quantitative and qualitative estimates of characteristics of various combustion processes.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
20
20
30
30
100
Test II
20
20
30
30
100
Model
Examination
20
20
30
30
100
Semester End
Examination
20
20
30
30
100
Remember:
1. Define Combustion?
2. What is equivalence ratio?
3. Outline the combustion in gas turbine combustion chamber.
Understand:
1. Give examples for Chemical Equilibrium.
2. Classify the types of combustion.
3. Describe combustion stability briefly.
Apply
1. Write the equations for Hydrocarbon oxidation.
2. Sketch combustion chamber.
3. Illustrate the CO emission and control.
UNIT I
Introduction and Overview of Concepts in Combustion
A Roadmap to Various Combustion Phenomena, Thermo  Chemical equations  Hydrocarbon oxidation:
Equivalence ratio, heats of formation, heats of reaction, and heats of combustion, premixed flames. Diffusion
flames, Adiabatic flame temperature.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 196
9 Hours
UNIT II
Chemical Kinetics and Flames
Thermodynamics, Thermo chemistry and Chemical Equilibrium, Measurement of burning velocity  Various
methods  Effect of various parameters on burning velocity  Flame stability  Detonation  Deflagration Rankine Hugoniot curve. Radiation by flames.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Combustion in Gas Turbine Engines
Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers  Recirculation Combustion efficiency  Factors affecting
combustion efficiency  Fuels used for gas turbine combustion chambers  Combustion stability. Flame holder
types and Flame stabilization Aerodynamics Numerical problems.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Combustion Phenomena and Applications
Combustion of gases: NOx emissions and control, Combustion of liquids: CO emissions and control,
Combustion of solids: Coal and biomass paralysis, Combustion of solids: char oxidation.
Combustion of solids: SOx emissions and control.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Supersonic Combustion
Introduction  Supersonic combustion controlled by mixing, diffusion and heat convection  Analysis of
reaction and mixing processes. Supersonic burning with detonation shocks.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Arthur Henry Lefebvre, Dilip R. Ballal, Gas Turbine Combustion: Alternative Fuels and Emissions,
Taylor & Francis Group, 2012
2. Turns, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion Concepts and Applications, 2nd Edition. McGraw Hill
International Editions, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Sharma, S.P., and Chandra Mohan, Fuels and Combustion, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd.,
New Delhi 1987.
4. Loh, W.H.T., Jet Rocket, Nuclear, Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Design, Springer Verlag,
New York 1982.
Reference(s)
1. Beer, J.M. and Chigier, N.A., Combustion Aerodynamics, Applied Science Publishers Ltd., London,
1981.
2. Chowdhury, R., Applied Engineering Thermodynamics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1986.
3. Sutton, G.P., and Biblarz, Rocket Propulsion Elements, 7th Edition John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New
York, 2001.
4. Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
New Delhi, 1988.
11A024 CRYOGENICS
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To understand the behavior of materials at low temperatures
To develop skills for designing cryogenic systems including refrigeration, storage and transfer of
cryogens, and instrumentation.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 197
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
Engineering problems.
(d) An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
To get introductory knowledge of cryogenic Engineering.
To get detailed knowledge of cryocoolers, on which research is going on worldwide.
To get interest to embark on a research career in Cryogenic Engineering.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total
Test I
10
30
60
100
Test II
10
30
60
100
Model
Examination
10
30
60
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100
Remember
1. Outline the Historical background of Cryogenics.
2. Name the Cyogenic propellants.
3. Define zero gravity.
Understand:
1. Describe Cascade process.
2. Give examples for cryogenic propellants.
3. Predict the Magnetic effect.
Apply:
1. Write the throttle expansion cycle.
2. How does the reactions take place in expander cycle.
3. Write the importance of Joule Thomson Effect.
UNIT I
Introduction
Historical Background  Introduction to cryogenic propellants Liquid hydrogen, liquid helium, liquid
nitrogen and liquid oxygen.
Properties of the cryogenic propellants.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Production of Low Temperature
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 198
Theory behind the production of low temperature  Expansion engine heat exchangers  Cascade processJoule Thompson Effect  Magnetic effect  Ortho and H2 .
Helium 4 and Helium 3
9 Hours
UNIT III
Efficiency of Cryogenic Systems
Types of losses and efficiency of cycles  specific amount of cooling  The fraction liquefied  Cooling
coefficient of performance  Thermodynamic efficiency.
The energy balance Method
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Cycles of Cryogenic Plants
Classification of cryogenic cycles  The structure of cycles Throttle expansion cycles  Expander cycles.
Thermodynamic analysis  Numerical problems
9 Hours
UNIT V
Cryogenic in Aerospace Applications
Cryogenic liquids in Rocket launching and space simulation Storage of cryogenic liquids  Effect of cryogenic
liquids on properties of aerospace materials Cryogenic loading problems  Zero gravity problems associated
with cryogenic propellants  Phenomenon of tank collapse.
Elimination of Geysering effect in rockets.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Haseldom, G., Cryogenic Fundamentals, Academic Press, 1971.
2. Barron, R. F., Cryogenic Systems, Oxford University, 1985.
Reference(s)
1. Timmerhaus, Flynn, Cryogenics Process Engineering, Plenum Press, New York, 1997.
2. G.M Walker. Cryocooler Part  1 Fundamentals, Plenum Press, New York and London, 1983.
3. G.M Walker. Cryocooler Part 2, Plenum Press, New York and London, 1983.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 199
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
10
30
60
100
Test II
10
30
60
100
Model
Examination
10
30
60
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100
Remember:
1. Define entropy layers.
2. What is Newtonian theory?
3. List out the parameters of Hypersonic flight.
Understand:
1. Explain Thin shock layers.
2. Give examples for low and high density fluid.
3. Describe ocal surface inclination method.
Apply:
1. Write the boundary layer equations.
2. How the blast waves produced?
3. Sketch the boundary layer concepts.
UNIT I
Basics of Hypersonic Aerodynamics
Thin shock layers entropy layers low density and high density flows hypersonic flight paths hypersonic
flight similarity parameters.
Shock wave and expansion wave relations of inviscid hypersonic flows.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Surface Inclination Methods for Hypersonic Inviscid Flows
Local surface inclination methods modified Newtonian Law Newtonian theory tangent wedge or tangent
cone and shock expansion methods.
Calculation of surface flow properties.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Approximate Methods for Inviscid Hypersonic Flows
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 200
Approximate methods hypersonic small disturbance equation and theory thin shock layer theory blast wave
theory  entropy effects  rotational method of characteristics.
Hypersonic shockwave shapes and correlations.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Viscous Hypersonic Flow Theory
NavierStokes equations boundary layer equations for hypersonic flow hypersonic boundary layer
hypersonic boundary layer theory and non similar hypersonic boundary layers hypersonic aerodynamic
heating and entropy layers effects on aerodynamic heating.
Heat flux estimation.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Viscous Interactions in Hypersonic Flows
Strong and weak viscous interactions hypersonic shockwaves and boundary layer interactions Estimation
of hypersonic boundary layer transition.
Role of similarity parameter for laminar viscous interactions in hypersonic viscous flow.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Test Book(s)
1. John D. Anderson, Jr, Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dynamics, McGrawHill Series,New
York, 1996.
2. John.D.Anderson, Jr., Modern Compressible Flow with Historical perspective, McGrawHill
Series,New York, 2003.
Reference(s)
1. William H. Heiser and David T. Pratt, Hypersonic Air Breathing propulsion, AIAA Education
Series,1991
2. John T. Bertin, Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics, AIAA Inc., Washington D, 1994
11A027 WIND POWER ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To learn how wind is generated and possible ways of extracting the same.
To estimate the resource potential.
To learn the operation of a wind electric generator and wind turbine.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(e)An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(j)An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solution
in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
Understand the aerodynamics, design and control of wind turbines.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 201
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
10
30
60
100
Test II
10
30
60
100
Model
Examination
10
30
60
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100
Remember:
1. What is wind energy?
2. Define Wind data.
3. List out the atmospheric boundary layer characteristics.
Understand:
1. Classify the modern wind turbine.
2. Describe the aerodynamics concepts in aerofoils.
3. Explain Wind turbine control system.
Apply
1. Write the one dimensional momentum theory.
2. Sketch the aerofoil.
3. Prdict the blade element theory.
UNIT I
Introduction to Wind Energy
Background, Motivations, and Constraints, Historical perspective, Modern wind turbines, Components and
geometry.
Power characteristics.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Wind Characteristics and Resources
General characteristics of the wind resource, Atmospheric boundary layer characteristics, Wind data analysis
and resource estimation.
Wind turbine energy production estimates using statistical techniques.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Aerodynamics of Wind Turbines
Overview,1D Momentum theory, Ideal horizontal axis wind turbine with wake rotation, Airfoils and
aerodynamic concepts Momentum theory and blade element theory General rotor blade shape performance
prediction.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 202
Introduce the students to the practical elements of experimental aerodynamics and to develop an
appreciation for how aerodynamic data are acquired.
Provide the students with an opportunity to apply modern instrumentation and measurement
techniques to the acquisition of aerodynamic data and understand the inherent limitations of each
technique.
To develop a working knowledge of experimental test facilities, techniques and equipment
commonly used in the field of experimental aerodynamics.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Course Outcome(s)
To operate different types of wind tunnels and calibration of the instruments associated with them.
To operate various instruments used in wind tunnel.
To analyze the uncertainty situations by using instruments.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 203
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
10
30
60
100
Test II
10
30
60
100
Model
Examination
10
30
60
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100
Remember:
1. Define Fluid.
2. What is the principle of Wind Tunnel.
3. Sketch Pitot static tube.
Understanding:
1. Describe supersonic and special tunnels.
2. Give examples for turbulent and laminar flow.
3. Discuss the importance of TaylorProudman theorem and Ekman layer.
Apply:
1. Write the imporatance of Flow visualization.
2. How the Background Oriented Schliren (BOS) System working.
3. Illustate the examples for signal conditioning.
UNIT I
Basic Measurements in Fluid Mechanics
Objective of experimental studies Fluid mechanics measurements Properties of fluids Measuring
instruments Performance terms associated with measurement systems Direct measurements  Analogue
methods Flow visualization Components of measuring systems Importance of model studies Experiments on TaylorProudman theorem and Ekman layer.
Measurements in boundary layers.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Wind Tunnel Measurements
Characteristic features, operation and performance of low speed, transonic, supersonic and special tunnels Power losses in a wind tunnel Instrumentation and calibration of wind tunnels Turbulence Wind tunnel
balance Principle and application and uses
Balance calibration.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Flow Visualization and Analogue Methods
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 204
To study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aero engines and
the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines.
To get the knowledge of the inspection and overhaul of both piston and jet engines.
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of heat transfer over the engine due to spark plug.
2.
Improve the efficiency of the engine operation condition at various altitude
3.
Performance analysis of both piston and jet engines
4.
Analysis of symptom failure in different engine system.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 205
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total
Test I
30
40
30
100
Test II
30
40
30
100
Model
Examination
30
40
30
100
Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 206
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Create
1.
2.
Unit I
Classification of Piston Engine Components
Types of piston engines principles of operation function of components materials used details of
starting the engines details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ignition
system components spark plug details engine operation conditions at various altitudes maintenance and
inspection check to be carried out.
Various piston engines used in aircraft industry with specifications.
9 Hours
Unit II
Inspection of Piston Engines
Inspection and maintenance and troubleshooting inspection of all engine components daily and routine
checks overhaul procedures compression testing of cylinders special inspection schedules engine
fuel, control and exhaust systems engine mount and super charger checks and inspection procedures.
Difference between inspection and maintenance.
9 Hours
Unit III
Tools and Instruments for Inspection of Piston Engines
Symptoms of failure fault diagnostics case studies of different engine systems 1: tools and equipment
requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling tools for inspection tools for safety
and for visual inspection methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques equipments for
replacement of part and their repair. Engine testing: engine testing procedures and schedule preparation
online maintenance.
Types of tools and instruments used for piston engine.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Classification of Jet Engine Components
12 types of jet engines principles of operation materials used details of starting and operation
procedures gas turbine engine inspection & checks use of instruments for online maintenance special
inspection procedures: foreign object damage blade damage etc.
Maintenance procedure of gas turbine engines trouble shooting and rectification procedures component
maintenance procedures systems maintenance procedures.
Gas turbine testing procedures test schedule preparation storage of engines preservation and depreservation procedures.
Various jet engines used in aircraft industry with specifications.
9 Hours
Unit V
Overhaul Procedures
Engine overhaul procedures inspection and cleaning of components repairs schedules for overhaul
balancing of gas turbine components.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 207
Trouble shooting procedures for rectification condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at
altitude engine health monitoring and corrective methods.
Different types of maintenance.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Krores and Wild, Aircraft Power plants, 7th edition TATA McGraw Hill,New Delhi, 2010.
References
1. Turbomeca, Gas Turbine Engines, The English Book Store, New Delhi, 1993.
2. United Technologies Pratt and Whitney, The Aircraft Gas turbine engine and its Operation, (latest
edition) The English Store, New Delhi, 2005.
Programme Outcome(sS)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
60
10
100
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 208
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Understand
1. Differentiate repair and maintenance.
2. Explain the use of tracking in helicopter?
3. Explain what rigging means?
4. Differentiate anti icing and deicing.
5. What are the advantages of rain removal systems?
6. What are the disadvantages of fire protection systems?
7. Differentiate the term jacking and rigging.
8. Compare the advantages of composites used in aircraft.
9. Give the procedure for jacking.
10. What is mean by inspection?
11. What are the factors affect the strength of composites at high temperatures?
12. Differentiate fixed landing gear and retractable landing gear system.
13. What are the limitations of aircraft pressurization system?
14. Advantages of composite materials over Al.
15. What are the uses of pneumatic systems?
16. Write the limitations of water and waste water systems.
17. Write the limitations of plastic materials.
18. Differentiate the term hydraulic and pneumatic system.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Differentiate between aircraft pneumatic and hydraulic systems.
2. Comment on classication of shock absorbers.
3. With the help of a neat sketch explain the function of landing gear system.
4. With a neat sketch, explain position and warning system.
5. Write short notes on rain removal system with neat sketch
6. List the function of NDT systems and components.
7. Write short notes a working principle of fire protection system with neat sketch
8. With a neat illustration, explain APU systems used in aircraft.
9. Explain about gravity feed & pressure feed fuel system.
10. Describe aircraft furnishing practices with neat sketch.
Unit I
Welding in Aircraft Structural Components
Equipments used in welding shop and their maintenance ensuring quality welds welding jigs and fixtures
soldering and brazing.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 209
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the aircraft
transportation and maintenances.
To learn the objective and target of aircraft transport and aircraft maintenances.
Programme Outcome(s)
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 210
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Scope of preparation and use of ICAO,DGCA,BCAS,AAL,AGO
2.
To understand the issue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including
instruments
3.
Improve the defect Airline Revenue, Airline Cost, recording, reporting, investigation,
rectification and analysis.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
60
10
Test II
10
20
60
10
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
100
100
100
Remember
1. What does Annex.18 and Annex.13 of ICAO stand for?
2. What do you mean by SARP?
3. Draw the structural diagram of ICAO.
4. What do you mean by Open skies agreement?
5. What do you mean by Cambotage?
6. What do you mean by On demand Air transportation?
7. What does DGCA, BCAS and AAI stands for?
8. Define Airworthiness.
9. What is the concept of international multimedia transport?
10. Differentiate between amortization and depreciation.
11. What is the role of Civil Aviation authorities? Name any five.
12. What do you mean by Bottom up and Top down approach for maintenance?
13. What is AOG?
14. Define Down time.
15. What do you mean by MRO?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 211
Create
1. Differentiate between scheduled and unscheduled maintenance.
2. Differentiate between MSI and SSI.
3. What is Back shops?
4. Define BITE? What is EBU?
5. What is line maintenance? How is it different from maintenance done in hanger?
Unit I
Introduction
Development of air transportation, comparison with other modes of transport Role of IATA, ICAO The
general aviation industry airline Factors affecting general aviation, use of aircraft, airport: airline
management and organization levels of management, functions of management, Principles of organization
planning the organization chart, staff departments & line departments.
Comparison of air transportation with other transportation systems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Airline Economics
Forecasting fleet size, fleet planning, the aircraft selection process, operating cost, passenger capacity, load
factor etc. passenger fare and tariffs influence of geographical, economic & political factors on routes
and route selection.
Fleet Planning
The aircraft selection process fleet commonality, factors affecting choice of fleet, route selection and
capital acquisition valuation & depreciation budgeting, cost planning aircrew evaluation route
analysis aircraft evaluation.
Study about airline management.
9 Hours
Unit III
Principles of Airlines Scheduling
Equipment maintenance, flight operations and crew scheduling, ground operations and facility limitations,
equipments and types of schedule hub & spoke scheduling, advantages / disadvantages & preparing flight
plans aircraft scheduling in line with aircraft maintenance practices.
Study of commercial airline schedule.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Aircraft Reliability
Aircraft reliability The maintenance schedule & its determinations Condition monitoring maintenance
Extended range operations (EROPS) & ETOPS
Ageing aircraft maintenance production.
9 Hours
Unit V
Technology in Aircraft Maintenance
Airlines scheduling (with reference to engineering) product support and spares maintenance sharing
equipments and tools for aircraft maintenance aircraft weight control budgetary control.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 212
On board maintenance systems engine monitoring turbine engine oil maintenance turbine engine
vibration monitoring in aircraft life usage monitoring current capabilities of NDT helicopter
maintenance.
Future of aircraft maintenance.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
Fedric J.H., Airport Management, 2000.
2.
C.H. Friend, Aircraft Maintenance Management, 2000.
References
1. Gene Kropf, Airline Procedures.
2. Wilson & Bryon, Air Transportation.
3. Philip Locklin D, Economics of Transportation.
4. Indian Aircraft manual DGCA Pub.
5. Alexander T Wells, Air Transportation, Wadsworth Publishing Company, California, 1993.
11A013 HELICOPTER MAINTENANCE
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To provide the Applicant with a strong focus on the practical skills required to ensure safe
performance of maintenance, inspections and routine work on the Helicopter according to the
Maintenance Manual.
Programme Outcome(s)
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of rotor blade alignment
2.
Improve the practice by handling the special purpose equipment
3.
Analysis of different modes of Main Rotor Transmissions
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total
Test I
30
40
30
100
Test II
30
40
30
100
Model
Examination
30
40
30
100
Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100
Remember
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 213
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Create
1.
2.
3.
Unit I
Helicopter Fundamentals
Basic directions ground handling, bearing gears.
Different methods of ground handling of helicopters.
9 Hours
Unit II
Main Rotor System
Head maintenance blade alignment static main rotor balance vibration tracking span wise dynamic
balance blade sweeping electronic balancing dampener maintenance counter weight adjustment auto
rotation adjustments mast & flight control rotor  mast stabilizer, dampeners swash plate flight control
systems collective cyclic push pull tubes torque tubes bell cranks mixer box gradient unit control
boosts maintenance & inspection control rigging.
Types of rotor system.
9 Hours
Unit III
Main Rotor Transmissions
Engine transmission coupling drive shaft maintenance clutch freewheeling units spray clutch roller
unit torque meter rotor brake maintenance of these components vibrations mounting systems
transmissions.
Study about design of transmission.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 214
To study and understand about the air traffic control, procedure and air traffic service.
Programme Outcome(s)
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Knowledge about aerodrome design and its functions.
2. Analyze about various air traffic data.
3. Analyze about various air traffic service.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S.No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total
Test I
50
50
100
Test II
50
50
100
Model
Examination
50
50
100
Semester End
Examination
50
50
100
Remember
1. What are the parts of ATC service?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 215
Understand
1. Explain in detail about altimeter setting procedures.
2. Explain Establishment, designation and identification of units providing ATS
3. Compare RNAV and RNP.
4. Explain vertical, lateral and longitudinal separations based on time / distance.
5. Explain the use of radar in area and approach control services.
6. Write in detail about identification procedures using primary/secondary radar
7. Explain about physical characteristics and obstacle restriction.
8. List and explain the different visual aids for navigation.
9. Compare VASI and PAPI.
10. Explain in detail the simple approach lighting system and various lighting systems.
Unit I
Basic Concepts
Objectives of ATS  parts of ATC service scope and provision of ATCS VFR & IFR operations
classification of ATS air spaces varies kinds of separation altimeter setting procedures establishment,
designation and identification of units providing ATS division of responsibility of control.
Study about ATC.
9 Hours
Unit II
Air Traffic Services
Area control service, assignment of cruising levels minimum flight altitude ATS routes And significant
Points RNAV And RNP Vertical, lateral and longitudinal separations based on time / distance ATC
Clearances flight plans position report.
Comparison of various ATC services.
9 Hours
Unit III
Flight Information, Alerting Services, Coordination, Emergency Procedures and Rules of the Air
Radar service, basic radar terminology identification procedures using primary / secondary radar
performance checks use of radar in area and approach control services assurance control and coordination between radar / non radar control emergencies flight information and advisory service
alerting service coordination and emergency procedures rules of the air.
Study about communication between aircraft and ATC.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Aerodrome Data, Physical Characteristics and Obstacle Restriction
Aerodrome data  basic terminology aerodrome reference code aerodrome reference point aerodrome
elevation aerodrome reference temperature instrument runway, physical characteristics; length of
primary / secondary runway width of runways minimum distance between parallel runways etc.
obstacles restriction. Comparison between domestic and international airports.
9 Hours
Unit V
Visual Aids for Navigation, Visual Aids for Denoting Obstacles Emergency and Other Services
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 216
Visual aids for navigation wind direction indicator landing direction indicator location and
characteristics of signal area markings, general requirements various markings lights, general
requirements aerodrome beacon, identification beacon simple approach lighting system and various
lighting systems VASI & PAPI  visual aids for denoting obstacles; object to be marked and lighter
emergency and other services.
Types of navigation systems.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. AIP (India) Vol. I & II, the English book store, 171, Connaught Circus, New Delhi.
References
1. Aircraft Manual (India) Volume I, latest Edition The English Book Store, 171, Connaught Circus, New
Delhi.
2. PANS RAC ICAO DOC 4444, Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 171, Connaught Circus, New
Delhi.
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the civil air
rules and regulations which are being followed by Directorate General of Civil Aviation.
To understand the procedure for Issue of Civil Aviation Requirements
To learn the Objective and target of airworthiness directorate of CAR
Programme Outcome(s)
(i) An ability to recognize the importance of ethics in professional work.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Scope of preparation and use of MEL
2. To understand the issue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including
instruments.
3. Improve the defect recording, reporting, investigation, rectification and analysis
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Test I
50
50

Test II
50
50

Model
Examination
50
50

Semester End
Examination
50
50

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 217
Total
100
100
100
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Understand
1. What are the preparation and use of cockpit and emergency check list?
2. What are the responsibilities of reporting, recording and investigation?
3. What are the responsibilities of reporting, and what are the Investigation and analysis of defects
for scheduled operators?
4. List out the procedure for change of owner ship of the aircraft.
5. What are the procedures for issue / revalidation of type certificate of aircraft and its engines/
propeller?
6. Explain about the general requirement for grant of approval in Category G training school.
7. Compare different types of organization in categories A, B, C, D, E, F, and G.
8. Explain the procedure for renewal of C of A of Indian register aircraft abroad.
9. Explain the design aspects of procedure for issue of type approval of aircraft and equipment?
Apply
1. Apply the TBO revision programme?
2. Write The AME License, its classification and experience requirements ?
3. Prepare reporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft?
Unit I
C.A.R. Series A Procedure for Civil Air Worthiness Requirements and Responsibility Operators
Visvis Air Worthiness Directorate
Responsibilities of operators / owners procedure of CAR issue, amendments etc., objectives and targets of
airworthiness directorate; airworthiness
regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of
operators.
C.A.R. Series B Issue Approval of Cockpit Check List, MEL, CDL: Deficiency list (MEL & CDL).
Preparation and use of cockpit checklist and emergency list.
9 Hours
Unit II
C.A.R. Series C Defect Recording, Monitoring, Investigation and Reporting
Defect recording, reporting, investigation, rectification and analysis; flight report; reporting and rectification
of defects observed on aircraft; analytical study of inflight readings & recordings; maintenance control by
reliability method.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 218
References
1. Aircraft Manual (India) Volume Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 171, Connaught Circus,
New Delhi.
2. Advisory Circulars from DGCA 2003.
11A022 NAVIGATION GUIDANCE AND CONTROL
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To learn the concept of navigation and guidance system.
To learn the concept of control system and its analysis.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 219
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(e)An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
Course Outcome(s)
To understand advanced concepts of navigation, missile guidance, control and stability of the
aircraft.
To learn the necessary mathematical knowledge that is needed in design of Communication and
Navigation system of aircraft.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total
Test I
20
30
50
100
Test II
20
30
50
100
Model
Examination
20
30
50
100
Semester End
Examination
20
30
50
100
Remember:
1. Define Navigation?
2. What are the types of Navigation?
3. Identify the difference between autorotation and spin?
Understand:
1. Identify the applications of RADAR?
2. Classify the navigation system.
3. Explain Microwave landing system.
Apply:
1. Write about the Radar frequencies.
2. How does the GPRS based navigation system working.
3. Demonstrate transfer function representation.
Unit I
Navigation Systems
Introduction to types of Navigation  Position fixing and Dead Reckoning system  Very high frequency Omni
directional Range  Radar  operation  Radar frequencies.
Application of Radars
9 Hours
Unit II
Advanced Navigation Systems
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 220
Inertial Navigation system  GPS based Navigation  Microwave landing system LORAN, DECCA.
OMEGA navigation systems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Missile Guidance
Introduction to guidance and control  Guided missiles  Classifications, description of tactical missiles Guidance phase during flight.
Categories of homing and command guidance.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flight Control and Stability
Concepts of static and dynamic stability  Control yaw and sideslip  Dihedral effect  Rudder requirements Directional and spiral divergence  Dutch roll.
Autorotation and spin.
9 Hours
Unit V
Control System for Space Vehicle
Classical linear time variant control systems  Transfer functions representation.
PID controller design for Aerospace systems.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. John H Blakelock, Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1991.
2. Myron Kyton, Walfred Fried, Avionics Navigation System, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition, 1993.
Reference(s)
1. Albert D. Helfrick, Modern Aviation Electronics, Second Edition, Prentice Hall Career &
Technology, 1994.
2. R. C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill Book Co.1998
11A030 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To learn about the computers in the area of manufacturing to reduce manual processing and linking
computers to all the manufacturing machines and increase the productivity, reduce the unnecessary
costs.
To study about group technology, computer aided process planning, material requirement planning
(MRP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP), Computer aided quality control and Flexible
manufacturing systems, Artificial intelligence and Expert systems.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b)An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(f)An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages necessary
for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
Able to know about the aid of computers in Aircraft manufacturing process.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 221
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
30
30
40
100
Test II
30
30
40
100
Model
Examination
30
30
40
100
Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100
Remember:
1. Define MAP?
2. List out the various approaches CAPP?
3. Identify the drawbacks of FDCS?
Understand:
1. Distinguish between CIM Software and Hardware?
2. Summarize the various components of FMS?
3. Predict the changes in manufacturing and management Scene?
Apply:
1. Write in detail about Factory Data Collection system?
2. Explain in detail about DBMS?
3. Prepare a process planning chart with suitable example?
Unit I
Introduction
The meaning and origin of CIM the changing manufacturing and management scene  External
communication  islands of automation and softwarededicated and open systemsmanufacturing automation
protocol  product related activities of a company marketing engineering  production planning  plant
operations  physical distribution
Business and financial management.
9 Hours
Unit II
Group Technology and Computer Aided Process Planning
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 222
History of group technology role of G.T. in CAD/CAM integration  part families  classification and coding
 DCLASS and MICLASS and OPITZ coding systemsfacility design using G.T.  benefits of G.T.  cellular
manufacturing. Process planning  role of process planning in CAD/CAM integration  approaches to
computer aided process planning  variant approach and generative approaches.
CAPP and CMPP process planning systems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Shop Floor Control and Introduction of FMS
Shop floor controlphases factory data collection system automatic identification methods Bar code
technologyautomated data collection system.FMScomponents of FMS  types FMS workstation material
handling and storage systems.
FMS layout computer control systemsapplication and benefits.
9 Hours
Unit IV
CIM Implementation and Data Communication
CIM and company strategy  system modeling tools IDEF models  activity cycle diagram CIM open system
architecture (CIMOSA) manufacturing enterprise wheelCIM architecture Product data managementCIM
implementation software.
Communication fundamentals local area networks topology LAN implementations  network management
and installations.
9 Hours
Unit V
Open system and Database for CIM
Open systemsopen system inter connection  manufacturing automations protocol and technical office
protocol (MAP /TOP) Development of databases database terminology architecture of database systemsdata modeling and data associations relational data bases.
Database operators  advantages of data base and relational database
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Mikell.P.Groover Automation, Production Systems and computer integrated manufacturing, Pearson
Education 2001.
Reference(s)
1. Ranky, Paul G., Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall International, 1986.
2. Roger Hanman Computer Intergrated Manufacturing, Addison Wesley, 1997.
3. Mikell.P.Groover and Emory Zimmers Jr., CAD/CAM, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi1, 1998.
4. Kant Vajpayee S, Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall India, 2003.
5. Radhakrishnan P, Subramanyan S.and Raju V., CAD/CAM/CIM, 2nd Edition New Age International
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES
11O001 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT I
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 223
Study of this subject provides an understanding of the scope of an entrepreneur, key areas of
development, financial assistance by the institutions, methods of taxation and tax benefits, etc.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering engineering problems.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions in
a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/ Evaluate
4
Analyze
5
Create
Total
Test I
10
30
50
30
100
Test II
10
30
50
30
100
Model
Examination
10
30
50
30
100
Semester End
Examination
10
30
50
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Define entrepreneurship.
Give any two differences between entrepreneurs and Intrapreneur.
What is smallscale incurred?
Define a project.
What are the types of Network Analysis?
What do you mean by long term capital?
Define joint venture.
Write some of the policies which are given by Government of India to small scale industries.
List out some successful entrepreneurs in our country.
Write any three facilitating factors which motivate a person to become an Entrepreneur.
Understand
1. Explain the different types of entrepreneur.
2. Explain the different functions of an entrepreneur.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 224
3.
4.
5.
Apply/Evaluate
1. Write some factors that are needed to become an entrepreneur.
2. How will you decide, as an entrepreneur, the most editable agency or project finance?
3. What are the various incentives offered by the central and state government for the promotion
and growth of small business in India?
4. Give the difference between entrepreneur and intrapreneur.
5. How will you choose the appropriate form of entrepreneurial origination for your business?
Create
1. You plan to start a small enterprise. How would you choose the appropriate form of ownership
proton for your enterprise?
2. One man control is the best is the man is big enough to control everything. Do you agree? Give
reason.
Unit I
Basics of Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship competence, entrepreneurship as a career, intrapreneurship, social entrepreneurship, serial
entrepreneurship (cases), technopreneurship.
9 Hours
Unit II
Generation of Ideas
Creativity and Innovation (Cases), Lateral Thinking, Generation of Alternatives (Cases), Fractionation,
Reversal Method, Brain Storming
9 Hours
Unit III
Legal Aspects of Business
Contract act, sale of goods act, negotiable instruments promissory note, bills and cheques, partnership,
limited liability partnership (LLP), companies act kinds, formation, memorandum of association, articles
of association (cases).
9 Hours
Unit IV
Business Finance
Project evaluation and investment criteria (cases), sources of finance, financial statements, break even
analysis, cash flow analysis.
9 Hours
Unit V
Operations Management
Importance functions deciding on the production system facility decisions: plant location, plant layout
(cases), capacity requirement planning inventory management (cases) lean manufacturing.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
References
1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi: 2005.
2. Prasanna Chandra, Projects Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Reviews, Tata
McGrawHill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi: 2000.
3. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill: 2006.
4. Norman Gaither, and Greg Frazier, Operations Management, Thomson Learning Inc, Ninth Edition:
2007.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 225
5.
Websites
1.
2.
3.
http://www.enterweb.org
http://www.internationalentrepreneurship.com/asia_entrepreneur/India_entrepreneur.asp
http://indiakellogg.wordpress.com
Understand Government industrial policies / support provided and prepare a business plan.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
60
10
100
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1. Who are Fabian entrepreneur?
2. Explain the views on Schumpeter on entrepreneurship?
3. Mention the three functions of NSIC?
4. Narrate the role of IDBI in the development of entrepreneurship?
5. What are project objectives?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 226
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Understand
1. Narrate any six differences between a manager and an entrepreneur?
2. Explain briefly various types of entrepreneur?
3. What are the elements of EDP?
4. What is the role played the commercial banks in the development of Entrepreneur?
5. How would you classify projects?
6. What are the stages in project formulation?
7. What are the target groups of EDP?
8. What are the major problems faced by small entrepreneur?
9. What are the problems & prospects for women entrepreneur in India?
Apply/Evaluate
1. Describe the various functions performed by entrepreneurs?
2. Explain the role of different agencies in the development of entrepreneur?
3. Discuss the criteria for selecting a particular project?
4. Describe the role of entrepreneur in the development of country?
5. Define business idea. elaborate the problems and opportunities for an entrepreneur.
6. Elaborate the schemes offered by commercial banks for development of entrepreneurship.
7. Explain the significant role played by DIC and SISI for the development of entrepreneurship.
8. Design a short entrepreneurship development programme for farmer.
9. Discuss the role and importance of the following institutions in promoting, training and developing
entrepreneurs in India.
Create
1. All economy is the effect for which entrepreneurship is the cause" Discuss.
2. Review the entrepreneurial growth by the communities of south India.
3. What are the problems of Women entrepreneurs and discuss the ways to overcome these
barriers?
4. Discuss the importance of small scale industries in India.
5. Critically examine the growth and development of ancillarisation in India.
6. Discuss the various sources and collection of credit information of entrepreneurs.
7. Briefly explain the recommendation and policy implication for survival of SME's.
8. Discuss the role of the Government both at the central and state level in motivating and developing
entrepreneurship in India.
9. Developing countries like India need imitative entrepreneurs rather than innovative
entrepreneurs. Do you agree? Justify your answer with examples.
10. What are the reasons of very few women becoming entrepreneurs in a developing country like
India? Whether Indian women entrepreneurs have now made an impact and shown that they too can
contribute in economic development of the country? Discuss with examples.
11. Discuss the Culture of Entrepreneurship and its role in economic development of a nation. What
factors contribute to nurturing such a culture?
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 227
Unit I
Marketing Management
Formulating marketing strategies, the marketing plan, deciding on the marketing mix (cases), interactive
marketing, marketing through social networks, below the line marketing, international marketing  modes of
entry, strategies (cases).
9 Hours
Unit II
Human Resource Management
Human Resource Planning (Cases), Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, HRIS, Factories Act
1948 (an over view)
9 Hours
Unit III
Business Taxation
Direct taxation Income tax, Corporate tax, MAT, Tax holidays, Wealth tax, Professional tax (Cases).
Indirect taxation Excise duty, Customs, Sales and Service tax, VAT, Octroi, GST (Cases)
9 Hours
Unit IV
Government Support
Industrial policy of Central and State Government, National Institute and Agencies, State Level Institutions,
Financial Institutions
9 Hours
Unit V
Business Plan Preparation
Purpose of writing a business plan, Capital outlay, Technical feasibility, Production plan, HR plan, Market
survey and Marketing plan, Financial plan and Viability, Government approvals, SWOT analysis.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
References
1.
Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi: 2005.
2.
Philip Kotler., Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi: 2003.
3.
Aswathappa K, Human Resource and Personnel Management Text and Cases, Tata McGraw
Hill: 2007.
4.
Jain P C., Handbook for New Entrepreneurs, EDII, Oxford University Press, New Delhi: 2002.
5.
Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill: 2006.
Websites
1.
http://niesbud.nic.in/agencies.htm
2.
http://www.planware.org/businessplan.htm
3.
http://www.nenonline.org
MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES
11A018 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To enable the students to understand the perspectives of management.
To give an insight about the functions of management like planning, organizing, staffing, leading,
controlling.
To familiarize the students with organizational culture and help them to manage change.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 228
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Select the best alternative by proper decision making.
2. Influence and moderate the work behavior of different personalities.
3. Solving complex issues by adopting proper conflict management styles.
4. Develop a conducive organizational culture.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/ Evaluate
4
Analyze
5
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
60
10
100
Test II
10
20
60
10
100
Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Define management.
List the functions of managers.
What do you mean by policy?
What is staffing?
State the functions of attitude.
What is group dynamics?
Differentiate strong from weak cultures.
What is the role of change agent?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Apply / Evaluate
1. If you were the chief executive officer of a large corporation, how would you institutionalize ethics in
the organization?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 229
2. Formal organization is the intentional structure of roles and informal organization is a network of
personal and social relations. Comment.
3. Design a performance appraisal matrix for a production engineer.
4. Many other disciplines have contributed to the discipline of organizational behaviour. Justify.
5. Validate why values are important in understanding behaviour of people.
6. High cohesiveness in a group leads to higher group productivity. Comment.
7. Construct a proforma for studying the satisfaction level of employees as influenced by the culture of the
organization.
8. Illustrate with an example, why change is an ongoing activity in an organization.
Create
1. Develop an advertisement for The Hindu opportunity column inviting application from potential
candidates for the post of Director Information Technology.
2. Your boss has got the impression that satisfied workers are productive workers and has asked you to
study this out. In this regard.
a. Prepare a short report with your recommendations for your boss, based on your study.
Unit I
Introduction of organizational Behavior
Organizations as work settings Purpose, Mission & Strategy, Environments and Stakeholders,
Organizational cultures, Diversity and Multiculturalism. Research foundation of organization behavior
Theory in OB Research design, Data gathering and Analysis, Ethical considerations in research
9 Hours
Unit II
Micro Perspective of Organizational Behavior
The perception process and impression management nature and importance of perception, perceptual
selectivity, perceptual organization, social perception, personality and attitudes meaning of personality,
development of personality and socialization, nature of attitudesjob satisfaction, organizational
commitment, motivation: needs, content and processes.
9 Hours
Unit III
Dynamic of organizational Behavior
Group dynamic and team nature of groups, formal and informal groups  effective communication  group
decision making interactive conflict and negotiation skills: intraindividual conflict, interpersonal conflict,
organizational conflict, cause and effect of occupational stress, power and politics, leadership: classic studies
on leadership, established theories of leadership.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Macro Perspective of Organizational behavior
Historical Background Communication Technology Interpersonal Communication Upward And Down
Ward Communication, Decision Making, Organization Theory And Design Classical And Modern Theory,
Organizational Culture.
9 Hours
Unit V
Management Concepts
Nature and purpose of planning objectives nature of organizing organizational strucutures. Corporate
models business management games electronic commerce/business, newer concepts business process
reengineering (BPR) enterprise resource planning (ERP) supply chain management (SCM) activity
based management (ABM).
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 230
1.
John W. Newstrom, Organizational behavior; Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
References
1. Richard Pettinger, Mastering Organizational Behavior, Macmillan Publishers Ltd., 2002.
2. Ernest Dale, Management Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Books, 2004.
3. O.Jeff Harris, Sandraj J.Hartmen, Organization Behavior, Jaico Publishing Home,2006.
4. Pierce, Gardner, Dunham, Management and Organizational Behavior Cengage Publisher,2010.
5. Mullins, Management and Organizational Behavior, Pearson, 2008.
6. www.2dix.com/.../organizationalbehaviorandmanagementeleventhpdf.php
To understand the Total Quality Management concept and principles and the various tools
available to achieve Total Quality Management.
To understand the application of statistical approach for quality control.
To create an awareness about the ISO and QS certification process and its need for the industries.
Students will be able to apply the quality concepts in product design, manufacturing etc in order to
maximize customer satisfaction.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(h)An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j)An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
20
30
40
10
100
Test II
20
30
40
10
100
Model
Examination
20
30
40
10
100
Semester End
Examination
20
30
40
10
100
Remember
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 231
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 232
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 233
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
Differentiate between the chance causes and assignable causes of variations giving suitable
examples
When a process is in control or stable? What type of variations is present in the process?
Compare X Bar & R charts.
How do recognition and reward affect employee involvement?
When do you use the scatter diagram?
Why poission distribution curve is used for preparing cchart?
How the service quality affects companys performance?
Why the implementation of TQM is necessary?
How control charts helps in finding poor quality?
Why do we invest more on prevention cost than appraisal cost?
How the dispersion of the data is measured?
Why motivation is necessary?
Why team works?
How the benchmarking is done?
How customer requirements are converted into product specifications?
How environmental management systems are benefit to industries?
What is the difference between histogram and check sheet?
Differentiate defect and defective.
When are ccharts used?
Is customer complaint necessary for an organization? If yes, list the various tools used for
collecting customer complaints.
Differentiate control limit and specification limit
Why np chart is not recommended when the sub group size is variable?
Under what situation, one can use cause and effect diagram.
How should control charts be used by shopfloor personnel?
Differentiate discrete and variable data, with suitable example?
When do you use the affinity diagrams?
Under what situation, one can use matrix diagram?
Differentiate the term failure mode and failure effect
Why aero diagrams are called PERT diagrams?
Differentiate recognition and reward.
Apply
1. Assuming that the life in hours of an electric bulb is a random variable following normal
distribution with a mean of 2000 hrs and standard deviation of 840 hrs. Find the expected number
of bulbs from a random sample of 2000 bulbs having life
i) More than 3000 hrs
ii) Between 2600 and 2800 hrs.
2. Consider a company involved in testing the strengths of components. Currently 50 engineers are
working in the company. Explain briefly the steps that the company should take to implement ISO
9000:2000 based quality system and obtain the certificate from a certifying agency.
3. The inspection results of copper bushes in a machine shop based on samples size 50 are as given
below. Construct a suitable control chart and offer r inference about the process.
Sample no
No of
rejections
Sample no
No of
rejections
10
11
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10
16
14
4.A machine shop produces steel pins. The width of 100 pins was checked after machining and data
was recorded as follows
9.509.51 9.509.51 9.509.51 9.509.51 9.509.51 9.509.51 9.509.51 9.509.51
Width in
mm
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 234
Frequency
10
11
12
13
14
15
21
12
10
16
15
17
(i) Determine the trial control limits, construct the np chart and state whether the process is in control.
(ii) If any point goes outside the control limits, determine the revised control limits eliminating that
point.
7. (i) An industrial product was subjected to inspection with a batch size of 500 for consecutive
days The number of defective pieces found are 33, 42, 44, 56, 60, 43, 55, 42, 28 and 70. Draw a
pchart and discuss.
(ii) How is process Decision Program Chart (PDPC) used? Give an example.
8. The mean weight of 500 male students at a certain college is 65.6 kg and tile standard deviation is
10 kg.
Assuming tl1at the weights are normally distributed, find how many students, weigh (i) more than
75.5 kg, and (ii) between 55.5 and 75.5 kg.
9. At a certain examination 10% of the students who appeared for the paper in statistics got less than
30 marks and 97% of the students got less than 62 marks. Assuming tire distribution is normal, find
the mean and tile standard deviation of the distribution.
Create
1. Create an environment using 5S concept for the administrative office to keep things in clean, so
that it improves productivity.
2. Working individually or in a team, list four or more primary customer requirements for one or
more of the following production items or service industries. Also, refine the primary customer
requirements to a second level.
Mountain bike
Coffee maker
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 235
the customer assessment of the customer requirements used in Exercise 2. Choose one of the
products to be your organizations product.
Unit I
Introduction
Definition of quality dimensions of quality quality planning quality costs analysis techniques for
quality costs basic concepts of total quality management historical review quality statements
strategic planning, Deming philosophy Juran trilogy Crosby philosophy, PDSA cycle, 5S, Kaizen
obstacles to TQM implementation.
9 Hours
Unit II
TQM Principles
Principles of TQM, leadership concepts role of senior management quality council, customer
satisfaction customer perception of quality, customer complaints, service quality, customer retention,
employee involvement motivation, empowerment, teams, recognition and reward, performance appraisal,
benefits, continuous process improvement supplier partnership partnering, sourcing, supplier selection,
supplier rating, relationship development, performance measures basic concepts, strategy, performance
measure.
9 Hours
Unit III
Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical fundamentals Measures of central tendency and dispersion,
Population and Sample, Normal Curve, Control Charts for variables X bar and R chart and attributes P, nP,
C, and u charts, Process capability, Concept of six sigma New seven management tools.
9 Hours
Unit IV
TQM Tools
Benchmarking Reasons to benchmark Benchmarking process, Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
House of quality, QFD process, and benefits Taguchi quality loss function Total Productive Maintenance
(TPM) Concept, improvement needs, and FMEA Stages of FMEA.
9 Hours
Unit V
Quality Systems
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 9000:2000 Quality System Elements,
Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, TS 16949, ISO 14000 Concept,
Requirements and Benefits.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., Total Quality Management, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003 (Indian reprint
2004).
References
1. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, The Management and Control of Quality, (5th Edition), SouthWestern (Thomson Learning), 2002.
2. Feigenbaum A.V., Total Quality Management, McGraw Hill, 1991.
3. Oakland J.S., Total Quality Management, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford. 1989.
4. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S., Quality Management Concepts and Tasks, New Age
International, 1996.
5. Zeiri, Total Quality Management for Engineers, Wood Head Publishers, 1991.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 236
Objective(s)
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/Evaluate
4
Analyze
5
Create
Total
Test I
10
20
50
20
100
Test II
10
20
50
20
100
Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 237
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Create
1. Write a brief report on your innovation.
2. Apply TRIZ for your innovation and propose at least two solutions.
3. Conduct an IPR search and provide a search report.
4. Write a patent document for filing your invention for patenting.
Unit I
Creativity
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 238
Concept and history of creativity, need for creativity, creative environment, stages of creativity process,
creativity and intelligence, creativity in various contexts, economic view of creativity, measuring creativity,
fostering creativity, creative problem solving brain storming and various techniques, lateral thinking.
9 Hours
Unit II
Innovation
Definition, creativity visvis innovation, conceptualizing innovation, types of innovation, sources of
innovation, goals of innovation, process of technological innovation, diffusion of innovation, factors
Contributing to successful technological innovation, failure of innovations, innovation management,
Measures of innovation.
9 Hours
Unit III
Project Planning and Evaluation
Definition and purpose of project, collection of ideas, screening ideas, selection criteria for new projects,
development of project plan, project evaluation purpose, kinds of evaluation, stages of evaluation process,
techniques of project evaluation, project analysis, benefits and risks of new projects.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Product Development and Evaluation
Research and new product development process and types of new products, creative design, design of
prototype purpose, process, and types, model preparation, testing and quality evaluation; marketing
research purpose and process, types and methods; introducing new products, cost evaluation.
9 Hours
Unit V
Protection of Innovation
Intellectual property (IP), classes of IP industrial property and copyrights; Intellectual Property Rights
(IPR); Patents, patentability, patent acts, governing laws, history of patent laws and acts, patent
administration; patenting process patent application, patent search, prosecution, publication, examination,
pposition, grant, renewal, patent rights; international code for patents, patents visvis economics.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
Tom Kelly, The Art of Innovation, Doubleday, Random House Inc. USA, 2001.
Managing Creativity and Innovation (Harvard Business Essentials), Harvard Business School, 2003.
References
1.
2.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 239
3003
Objective(s)
To understand the management techniques already in vogue and apply them to the solutions of
crisis problems.
Program Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of crisis in the aircraft industry and its consequences.
(b) An ability to understand crisis issues and to comprehend the impact of damage to the airline industry.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Management attitudes during crisis and
2. Able to analyze the performance of preventive measures and decision making tools.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
10
20
60
10
10
20
60
10
10
20
60
10
100
100
100
100
Remember
1. Define the term crisis.
2. What is crisis management?
3. List the basics of crisis management and its stages.
4. List the causes and consequences of crisis in aircraft industry.
5. List the various security threats to civil aviation.
6. What are the aims of crisis management?
7. What are the different stages of crisis?
8. What are the contingency plans used in aircraft industry?
Understand
1. Explain the importance of establishing crisis management team.
2. Explain the psychological decisions of crisis management.
3. Classify the types of communication used in crisis management.
4. What is contingency planning and what are the methods of post crisis analysis.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 240
Apply / Evaluate
1. What is the role of crisis manager?
2. State the checklist for crisis management.
3. Discuss how does a manager handle the situation at aircraft crash site?
Create
1. Illustrate with an example the measures taken for confrontation of the crisis?
2. Explain briefly about the principles need to be implemented to avoid the crisis in aircraft industry.
3. Discuss various crises related to an aircraft industry apart from aircraft accidents.
UNIT I
Introduction to Crisis Management
Crisis management; Context of the crisis in the aircraft industry; Crisis management basics; Crisis stages;
Establishing a crisis management team; The role of the crisis manager ;
9 Hours
UNIT II
Crisis Management in Action
Putting crisis management into action; Psychology of crisis management decisions; Emergency response
scenarios; Contingency plans; Damage control; A crisis management checklist.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Airline Crisis Management
Context of the crisis  The airline industry; Organizational crisis and communication; Causes, Crisis
typologies; Coomb's typology; Characteristics of the crises; Consequences; Modeling crises; Crisis
communication; Strategic communication.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Crash Management
Precrisis  Existing in precrisis phase, preparing for the worst: Contingency planning; Crisisstage Disaster
strike; Confronting the crisis; Postcrisis The National Transportation Board, Director General of Civil
Aviation.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Case Studies
Northwest airlines flight 255; American airlines flight 191; Delta airlines flight 191; Trans world airlines
flight 800; Pan American World Airways flight 103; US Air flight 427; Value jet flight 592;
9 Hours
Text Books
1.
Sally J. Ray, Strategic communication in crisis management: Lessons from the Airline Industry,
1999.
2. Heppenheimer, T. A. Turbulent Skies: The history of commercial aviation, New York, John &Wiley
Sons, 1995.
Reference Books
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 241
1. Cushing, S. Fatal Words: Communication clashes and aircraft crashes, University of Chicago Press, 1994.
2. Fink S. Crisis Management: Planning for the inevitable, Newyork, 1986.
3. Pauchant, T., & Mitro, I. Transforming the crisis prone organization: Preventing individual,
organizational
and environmental tragedies, San Fransisco: JosseyBass.
PHYSICS ELECTIVES
11O0PA NANO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To impart knowledge on nanoscience and technology.
To create an awareness on the nanomaterials.
At the end of the course the students are familiar with nanomaterials and their applications.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Understand the behavior of nanomaterials, quantum phenomena and the limitations of basic
physical laws at the nano scale level.
Explain important mechanisms involved in the of synthesis and functionalization of nanostructured
materials.
Evaluate the promise of a nanotechnology device.
Identify the origin of size effects to control the properties of nanomaterials.
Apply knowledge for modern and future engineering applications of nanomaterials.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
25
25
20
30

25
25
20
30

20
25
20
35

20
25
20
35

100
100
100
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
Define nanoscale.
Give the differences between nano and thin materials.
Give the usage of nanomaterials in medical field.
What are the techniques used to find properties of materials?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 242
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Understand
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
Apply
1.
2.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 243
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Explain how the size of the particle will effect on their mechanical and structural properties of the
material?
Why sol gel method is used widely to synthesis nanomaterials?
Templating method is better than physical vapor deposition method to synthesis nanomaterials.
Why?
Why ordering of the nano system is more important? Give reason.
Explain how nanomaterials are characterized by imaging techniques?
Why diffraction techniques are used to characterize the nanomaterials?
Explain how nanomaterials are analyzed by transmission electron microscope?
Clarify the differences between selfassembly and selforganization.
Explain how organic light emitting diode overcomes the drawback of LCD?
How we can use CNT as a storage device in battery?
Why nanomaterials are used in optical memory devices?
How we can store nano particles?
Analyze/ Evaluate
1. Distinguish between SWCNT and MWCNT.
2. Compare organic FET and organic LED.
3. Why nano structured particles are found in potential applications?
4. Give the relation between properties and applications of nano particles.
5. Explain with relevant example about the synthesize of nano structured materials employing selfassembly and template based methods.
6. Analyze the relation between magnetic and nanomaterials.
Unit I
Nano Scale Materials
Introductionclassification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture effects of the nanometer length scale
changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures effect of nanoscale dimensions on
various properties structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties.
Differences between bulk and nanomaterials and their physical properties.
9 Hours
Unit II
Nanomaterials Synthesis Methods
Fabrication methods top down processes milling, litho graphics, machining process bottomup process
vapor phase deposition methods, plasmaassisted deposition process, colloidal and solgel methods
methods for templating the growth of nanomaterials ordering of nanosystems, selfassembly and selforganization.
Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials.
9 Hours
Unit III
Nano Characterization Techniques
General classification of characterization methods analytical and imaging techniques microscopy
techniques  electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, atomic
force microscopy diffraction techniques spectroscopy techniquesXray spectroscopy.
Electrical properties of nanomaterials.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Inorganic Semiconductor Nanostructures
Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures  quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots,
super lattices fabrication techniques requirements, epitaxial growth, lithography and etching,
electrostatically induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells
and selfassembly techniques .
Quantum efficiency of semiconductor nanomaterials.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 244
9 Hours
Unit V
Nanodevices And Applications
Organic FET principle, description, requirements, integrated circuits organic LEDs basic processes,
carrier injection, excitons, optimization  organic photovoltaic cells carbon nano tubes structure, synthesis
and electronic properties applications fuel cells nano motors bio nano particlesnano objects.
Applications of nano materials in biological field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Robert W. Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology, John
Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2005.
2. T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Ltd, 2007.
3. Handbook of Nanoscience, Engineering and Technology, Kluwer publishers, 2002.
4. B. Wang, Drug Delivery: Principles and Applications,Wiley Interscience 2005.
References
1.
Assessment Pattern
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 245
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
25
25
20
20
10

25
25
20
20
10

20
25
20
20
15

20
25
20
20
15

100
100
100
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Apply
1.
2.
3.
The first line of the principal series of sodium is the D line at 580 nm. This corresponds to a
transition from the first excited state (3p) to the ground state (3s). What is the energy in electron
volts of the first excited state?
What is the ratio of the stimulated emission and spontaneous emission at a temperature of 250oC for
the sodium D line?
Calculate the threshold condition for the ruby laser in which the appropriate parameters are as
follows: o =4.3x 1014 Hz; o=1.5x1011 Hz; no= 1.76; sp= 4.3x103 s; photon=6x109s.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 246
4.
A HeNe laser emits light at a wavelength of 632.8 nm and has an output power of 2.3mW. How
many photons are emitted in each minute by this laser when operating?
5. Calculate the wavelength of emission from a GaAs semiconductor laser whose band gap energy is
1.44 eV.
Analyze
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
The life time of the excited state (2p) for spontaneous emission is 1.6x 109s. The energy difference
between the excited state (2p) and the ground state (2s) is 10.2eV. Find the value of stimulated
emission coefficient during a transition from an excited state (2p) to the ground state.
A laser beam can be focused on an area equal to the square of its wavelength (2). For a HeNe
laser, = 6328. If the laser radiates energy at the rate of 1mW, find the intensity of the focused
beam.
Transition occurs between a metastable state E3 and an energy state E2 just above the ground state.
If emission is at 1.1m and E2= 0.4x1019J, find the energy of the E3 state.
Unit I
Laser Fundamentals
Introduction  principle  spontaneous emission  stimulated emission  population inversionPumping
mechanisms  characteristics. Types of lasers principle, construction, working, energy level diagram and
applications of dye laser chemical laser excimer laser.
Laser action.
9 Hours
Unit II
Threshold Condition
Einstein coefficients A and B spontaneous life time light amplification principle of laser action laser
oscillations resonant cavity modes of a laser.
Conditions involved in laser production.
9 Hours
Unit III
Laser Materials
Activator and host materials for solid lasers  growth techniques for solid laser materials  Bridgman and
StockBerger technique advantages and disadvantages  Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques merits
and demerits.
Techniques of producing laser.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Laser in Science
Introduction harmonic generation stimulated raman emission self focusing laser and ether drift
rotation of the earth photon statistics.
Applications of Laser in ranging.
9 Hours
Unit V
Laser in Industry
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 247
Introduction Applications in material processing: laser welding hole drilling laser cutting laser
tracking Lidar laser in medicine.
Applications of Laser in sensors.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. K.Thiyagarajan and A.K.Ghatak, LASER:Theory and applications. Macmillan India Limited, 2000.
2. M. N. Avadhanulu, An Introduction To Lasers Theory And Applications, S. Chand Publisher, 2001.
References
1. K.P.R.Nair, Atoms, Molecules and Lasers, Narosa Publishing House, 2009.
2. K. R. Nambiar ,Lasers: Principles Types And Applications , New Age International Publications,
2006.
3. Alphan Sennaroglu, SolidState Lasers and Applications, CRC Press, 2006
4. Bela A Lengyel, Introduction to Laser Physics, John Wiley and Sons, 1966.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
25
25
20
30

25
25
20
30

20
25
20
35

20
25
20
35

100
100
100
100
Remember
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 248
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Find the intensity of a laser beam of 10mW power and having a diameter of 1.3 mm. Assume the
intensity to be uniform across the beam. Given: P=10mW, d= 1.3 mm.
Discuss the three level pumping scheme for laser action.
Why is the optical resonator required in lasers?
Where can we find the practical applications of wave plates?
How to elevate the contrast ratio in display devices which uses in the nematic structures?
Non linearity in glasses occurs. Justify the argument.
Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
Unit I
Basics of Lasers
Introduction Einstein coefficients laser beam characteristics spontaneous and stimulated emission
population inversion  light amplification threshold condition laser rate equations two level laser
three level laser mode selection transverse mode longitudinal mode.
Spatial and temporal coherence.
9 Hours
Unit II
Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media
Introduction double refraction polarization devices  Nicol prism GlanThomson prism retardation
plates Soleil Babinet compensator Plane waves in anisotropic media wave refractive index  ray
refractive index  ray velocity surface index ellipsoid.
Optical activity.
9 Hours
Unit III
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 249
To develop the necessary background to perform projects involving vacuum and deposition
techniques.
At the end of the course the students are familiar with the various vacuum deposition
technologies employed in the various engineering fields.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 250
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
25
25
20
30

25
25
20
30

20
25
20
35

20
25
20
35

100
100
100
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Understand
1. How will you measure the pumping speed in a vacuum unit?
2. How will you seal the substance outside to maintain high vacuum?
3. Why does constant volume method have the disadvantage in measuring the pumping speed?
4. Differentiate between the pirani gauge and penning gauge.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 251
Unit I
Vacuum Systems
Introduction units of vacuum kinetic aspects of gases in a vacuum chamber physical parameters at
low pressures classification of vacuum ranges gas flow at low pressures throughput and pumping
speed flow rate and conductance.
Evacuation rate out gassing gas flow turbulent flow.
9 Hours
Unit II
Production of Vacuum
Classification of vacuum pumps rotary vane pumps roots blowers diffusion pumps molecular drag
and turbomolecular pumps sorption pumps gettering and ion pumping cryopumping measurement of
pumping speed.
Noble pumps for inert gases.
9 Hours
Unit III
Pressure Measurement
Classification of gauges mechanical gauges McLeod gauge thermal conductivity gauges Hot cathode
ionization gauges Bayard  Alpert gauge cold cathode ionization gauges Penning gauge magnetron
gauge.
Measurement problems in partial pressure analysis.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Vacuum Materials and Leak Detection
Sources of gases and vapours materials for vacuum system vacuum seals vacuum valves traps and
baffles leak detection pressure test sparkcoil test leak testing using vacuum gauges halogen leak
detector massspectrometric leak detector.
Special design considerations glass to metal seals high voltage metal feedthrough.
9 Hours
Unit V
Applications of Vacuum Systems
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 252
Design considerations vacuum system for surface analysis space simulators vacuum based coating
units for thin film deposition thermal evaporation sputtering process chemical vapor deposition metallurgical applications.
Plasma etching pulsed vapour deposition PE chemical vapour deposition.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Rao V.V, Ghosh T.B, Chopra K.L, Vacuum science and technology, Allied Publishers Limited, 2005.
2. Dorothy M. Hoffman, John H. Thomas, Bawa Singh, Handbook of Vacuum science and technology,
Elsevier Science & Technology Books, 1997.
References
1. David M. Hata, Introduction to vacuum technology, Pearson Printice Hall, 2007.
2. John F. O'Hanlon, A users guide to vacuum technology, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
3. Chambers.A, Modern vacuum physics, Chapman & Hall, CRC Press, 2005.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Understand the mechanism involved in semiconductors.
Know the efficiencies of the existing semiconducting materials.
Implement the features of transistors for day to day applications.
Design semiconducting devices for industrial applications.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
25
25
20
30

25
25
20
30

20
25
20
35

20
25
20
35

100
100
100
100
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 253
Remember
1. What properties are desirable in semiconductors?
2. Explain the KronigPenny model.
3. Define drift current density.
4. What is meant by breakdown?
5. Explain the minority carrier distribution in pn junction diode.
6. Define temperature effect.
7. What is the basic principle of bipolar junction transistor?
8. Define current crowding.
9. What are optoelectronic devices?
10. Describe the operation of a laser diode.
Understand
1. How does conductivity of a semiconductor change with rise in its temperature?
2. How does the thickness of the depletion layer in a pn junction vary with increase in reverse bias?
3. How does the energy gap in an intrinsic semiconductor vary, when doped with a pentavalent
impurity?
4. Explain the mobility effects on carrier density.
5. What do you understand by the term holes in a semiconductor? Explain how they move under the
influence of electric field.
6. What is the a.c response of the pn diode?
7. How is the solar cell functioning?
Apply
1. In general what is the relation between density of states and energy?
2. What is meant by the term, doping of an intrinsic semiconductor?
3. Give the ratio of the number of holes and the number of conduction electrons in an intrinsic
semiconductor.
4. Write the function of base region of a bipolar junction transistor.
5. Sketch the energy bands of a forwardbiased degenerately doped pn junction and indicate how
population inversion occurs.
Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
Unit I
Properties of Semiconductor
Energy bands allowed and forbidden energy bands Kronig Penny model electrical conductivity in
solids based on energy bands  band model electron effective mass concept of holes in semiconductor
density of states extension to semiconductors.
kspace diagram.
9 Hours
Unit II
Carrier Transport Properties
Carrier drift drift current density mobility effects on carrier density conductivity in semiconductor
carrier transport by diffusion diffusion current density total current density breakdown phenomena
avalanche breakdown.
Graded Impurity Distribution.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 254
9 Hours
Unit III
PN Junction Diode
Qualitative description of charge flow in pn junction boundary condition minority carrier distribution
ideal pn junction current temperature effects applications the turn on transient and turn off transient.
Charge storage and diode Transients.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Bipolar Junction Transistor
Introduction to basic principle of operation the modes of operation amplification minority carrier
distribution in forward active mode nonideal effects base with modulation high injection emitter band
gap narrowing current clouding breakdown voltage voltage in open emitter configuration and open
base configuration
Frequency Limitations.
9 Hours
Unit V
Opto Electronic Devices
Optical absorption in a semiconductor, photon absorption coefficient electron hole pair generation  solar
cell homo junction and hetero junction  Photo transistor laser diode, the optical cavity, optical
absorption, loss and gain  threshold current.
Photoluminescence and Electroluminescence.
9 Hours
Total 45 Hours
Text books
1. Donald A Neamen, Semiconductor physics and devices, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
2. Albert Malvino,David J Bafes, Electronic Principles, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
References
1. Kevin F Brennan, The Physics of Semiconductors, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
2. Micheal Shur, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
3. Jasprit Singh, Semiconductor Optoelectronics Physics and Technology, McGraw Hill Co., 1998.
CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES
11O0YA
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of polymer science, chemistry of
polymers and its processing.
To make understand the principles and applications of advanced polymer materials.
Knowledge and application of different polymers and its processing.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Understand the knowledge of principles of polymer chemistry and mechanism of polymerization
reactions.
Acquire knowledge of polymerization techniques.
Apply the contextual knowledge of polymer additives and polymer processing in industrial
application.
Assessment Pattern
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 255
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
20
20
30
30
100
20
20
30
30
100
10
20
30
40
100
10
20
30
40
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Apply
1.
The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted
to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment
will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 256
2.
3.
4.
5.
Analyze / Evaluate
1. What are the polymers suitable for insulations?
2. Write the special properties of teflon?
3. How the vinyl chloride is converted into polymer?
4. How nylon 6 6 is prepared?
5. What is the process involved in manufacturing cellophane sheets?
6. What are the different zones involved in simple extrusion polymer process?
7. Bring out the differences between thermoforming and vacuumforming process?
Unit I
Principles of Polymer Science
Polymerization reactions  types examples  degree of polymerization and average molecular weights.
Thermoplastics and thermosetting resins  examples. Electrical  mechanical  thermal properties related to
chemical structure. Insulating materials  polymer alloys  composites.
Importance of glass transition temperature.
9 Hours
Unit II
Polymerization Mechanism
Addition polymerization  free radical mechanism  cationic and anionic polymerization  copolymerization condensation polymerization nylon 6,6, ring opening polymerization nylon 6, coordination polymerization
. Preparation, properties and industrial applications of polystyrene and bakelite.
Application of industrial polymers.
9 Hours
Unit III
Polymerization Techniques
Homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization bulk polymerization PMMA,PVC, solution
polymerization  polyacrylic acid, suspension polymerizationpreparation of ion exchange resins, emulsion
polymerizationsynthetic rubber. Melt solution and interfacial polycondensation. Salient features, advantages
and disadvantages of bulk and emulsion polymerization.
Preparation of biodegradable polymers
9 Hours
Unit IV
Additives for Polymers
Moulding constituentsfillers, plasticizers, lubricants, antiaging additives, antioxidants, antiozonants, UV
stabilizers, flame retardants, colorants, blow agents, crosslinking agents functionssignificance with suitable
examples and applications in industrial processing.
Ecofriendly sustainable additives.
9 Hours
Unit V
Polymer Processing
Compression injection  extrusion and blow mouldings. Film casting  calendering. Thermoforming and
vacuum formed polystyrene, foamed polyurethanes. Fibre spinning  melt, dry and wet spinning.
Composite fabrication  handlayup  filament winding and pultrusion.
Application of fibre reinforced plastics.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 257
Text Books
1.
2.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
F. W. Billmeyer, Text Book of Polymer Science, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007.
Barbara H. Stuart, Polymer Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2002.
George Odian , Principles of Polymerization, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.
R. J. Young and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, Nelson Thornes Ltd., 2002.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
20
20
30
30
100
20
20
30
30
100
10
20
30
40
100
10
20
30
40
100
The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to
20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will
be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 258
Remember
1. What are dry cells?
2. What are alkaline batteries?
3. State Ohms law.
4. Write the functions of ultracapacitor.
5. Is lead acid battery thermodynamically reversible cell?
6. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.
7. Name the electrolyte present in the Li battery.
8. Mention the role of heart pacemaker in cardiology.
9. Classify the types of fuel cell.
10. Differentiate between diode and electrode.
11. What is meant by redox reaction?
12. What are the advantages of H2O2 fuel cell?
13. Name the factors which are affecting the efficiency of fuel cell.
14. What are ecofriendly cell?
Understand
1.How do you assess the life cycle of fuel cells?
2.What is the role of impurities in photovoltaic cells?
3.How do you convert the chemical energy into electrical energy?
4.Suggest any two secondary storage devices for automobiles.
5.What types of cells are used in space applications?
6.Construct the alkaline fuel cell.
7.How do you harvest the energy from tides?
8.What are natural geysers?
9.Differentiate between photo electrochemical and photovoltaic cells.
Apply
1. What are passive solar heat collectors?
2. What are active solar heat collectors?
3. Lithium battery is the cell of future  Justify.
4. Write the anodic reaction and cathodic reactions of NICAD battery.
5. Is the dry cell follows thermodynamic reversibility rule?
6. What types of vehicles typically use methanol?
7. What are the economic impacts of using hybrid electric vehicles?
Analyze / Evaluate
1. How does a fuel cell differ from traditional methods of energy generation (like batteries)?
2. What are the feedstocks can be used to make biodiesel?
3. What is DuPonts experience in fuel cells?
4. How the biomass is converted into biofuel?
5. What are the effects of gasoline and ethanol emissions on the environment?
6. What are the effects of diesel and biodiesel emissions on the environment?
7. How do you obtain ethanol from lignocellulosic biomass?
8. What is meant by green technology?
Unit I
Batteries
Characteristics  voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life,
energy efficiency, shelf life. Primary batteries zinccarbon, magnesium, alkaline, manganous dioxide,
mercuric oxide, silver oxide batteriesRecycling/Safe disposal of used cells.
Document the various batteries and its characteristics used in mobile phones and lap tops.
9 Hours
Unit II
Batteries for Electric Vehicles
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 259
Secondary batteries Introduction, cell reactions, cell representations and applications lead acid, nickelcadmium and lithium ion batteries  rechargeable zinc alkaline battery. Reserve batteries: Zincsilver oxide,
lithium anode cell, photogalvanic cells. Battery specifications for cars and automobiles.
Development of batteries for satellites.
9 Hours
Unit III
Types of Fuel Cells
Importance and classification of fuel cells  description, working principle, components, applications and
environmental aspects of the following types of fuel cells: alkaline fuel cells, phosphoric acid, solid oxide,
molten carbonate and direct methanol fuel cells.
Fuel cells for space applications.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Hydrogen as a Fuel
Sources of hydrogen production of hydrogen electrolysis photocatalytic water splitting biomass
pyrolysis gas clean up methods of hydrogen storage high pressurized gas liquid hydrogen type metal
hydride hydrogen as engine fuel features, application of hydrogen technologies in the future limitations.
Cryogenic fuels.
9 Hours
Unit V
Energy and Environment
Future prospectsrenewable energy and efficiency of renewable fuels economy of hydrogen energy life
cycle assessment of fuel cell systems. Solar Cells: Energy conversion devices, photovoltaic and
photoelectrochemical cells photobiochemical conversion cell.
Biofuels from natural resources.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
M. Aulice Scibioh and B. Viswanathan, Fuel Cells: Principles and Applications, University Press,
India, 2006.
F. Barbir, PEM fuel cells: Theory and practice,Elsevier, Burlington, MA, 2005.
M. R. Dell Ronald and A. J. David, Understanding Batteries, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of nanochemistry including synthesis.
To make students understand the principles and applications of nanomaterials.
Knowledge about the characterization and applications of nanomaterials.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 260
Familiar with fundamentals of nanoscience and technology and acquire the capability of applying
them.
Acquire comprehensive knowledge in the synthetic methods for the nanoparticles preparation.
Get strong foundation in the properties of nanoparticles which give contextual knowledge for their
higher research programmes.
get vital understanding in the characterization of nanoparticles
Furnish the knowledge and skills for entry level placement in core industry as well as scientific
software concerns.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
25
25
20
30
100
25
25
20
30
100
15
25
20
40
100
15
25
20
40
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 261
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Explain sputtering.
What is meant by plasma enhanced CVD?
What is meant by bubblers?
Explain the principle behind MOVPE.
What are colloids?
What is nanosafety?
What is meant by surface induced effect?
How are nanomaterials defined?
What are the uses of nanoparticles in consumer products?
Understand
1. What is the difference between nanoscience and nanotechnology?
2. When and where Feynman delivered his lecture on nanotechnology and what is the name of his
classical lecture?
3. What are the induced effects due to increase in surface area of nanoparticles?
4. What are the advantages and disadvantages in mechanical synthesis of nanopowders?
5. What are the characteristics of nanoparticles that should be possesed by any fabrication technique?
6. On what principle mechanical milling is based on?
7. How is LPE used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?
8. How is the template used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?
9. What is the role of nanotechnology in water purification?
10. Differentiate selfassembly from selforganisation.
11. How nanoparticles are stored?
12. List the important physical and chemical properties of nanomaterials?
13. How are nanomaterials detected and analysed?
14. How are nanomaterials prepared for biological testing?
15. What are the physical and chemical properties of nanoparticles?
16. How are nanoparticles formed?
17. Discuss the health effects of nanoparticles?
Apply
1. Why do we want nanotechnology in our life?
2. What is the role of nanotechnology in medicinal field?
3. Expand AFM.
4. What is the grain size range of nanostructure materials?
5. Differentiate topdown from bottomup approach needed for nanosynthesis.
6. Why do nanostructured particles find potential applications?
7. How nanostructured particles are used in health applications?
Analyze/ Evaluate
1. Compare the relative merits of chemical, physical, biological and hybrid methods for the
preparation of nanomaterials.
2. Compare the relative merits of the usage of photons and particles in lithography.
3. Differentiate glow discharge from RF sputtering.
4. How can we reduce/save our energy resources by using nanotechnology?
5. What is the relation between properties and applications of nanoparticles?
6. What is the current status of nanoscience and nanotechnology?
7. What are the potential harmful effects of nanoparticles?
Unit I
Nanoworld
Introduction History of nanomaterials concepts of nanomaterials size and confinement effects
nanoscience nanotechnology Moors law. Properties electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, mechanical
and electrochemical properties. Nanobiotechnology molecular motors optical tweezers.
First industrial revolution to the nano revolution.
9 Hours
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 262
Unit II
Synthesis of Nanoparticles
Introduction hydrolysisoxidation  thermolysis metathesis  solvothermal methods. Sonochemistry:
nanometals  powders of metallic nanoparticles  metallic colloids and alloys  polymer metal composites metallic oxides  rare earth oxides  mesoporous materials  mixed oxides. Sono electrochemistry nanocrystalline materials. Microwave heating  microwave synthesis of nanometallic particles.
Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials.
9 Hours
Unit III
Types and Functionalization of Nanomaterials
Polymer nanoparticles, micro, meso and nanoporous materials. Organic inorganic hybrids, zeolites,
nanocomposites, selfassembled monolayers, semiconductor quantum dots, nanofibres, supramolecular
nanostructures. functionalization of nanomaterials stabilization methods. Reactivity of functional groups
on ligand shells.
Implications of nanoscience and nanotechnology on society.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Physical and Chemical Characterization
Electron microscopes: scanning electron microscope (SEM) transmission electron microscope (TEM)
atomic force microscope (AFM): working principle instrumentation applications. UVvisible
spectroscopy: principle instrumentation (block diagram only) applications. FTIR spectroscopy:
introduction instrumentation (block diagram only) applications merits and demerits.
Nanoscience and technology research institution.
9 Hours
Unit V
Applications of Nanomaterials
Nanocatalysis, colorants and pigments, selfcleaning lotus effect, antireflective coatings, antibacterial
coatings, photocatalysis, nanofilters for air and water purifiers. Thermal insulation aerogels, smart
sunglasses and transparent conducting oxides molecular sieves nanosponges.
Harnessing nanotechnology for economic and social development.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Objective(s)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 263
To impart knowledge about the various types of corrosion and its mechanism.
To make students understand the various methods of corrosion control, corrosion testing and
monitoring.
Students acquire the basic knowledge about corrosion and its control.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Familiar with fundamentals of corrosion science and technology and acquire the capability of
applying them.
Get dynamic understanding in the types of corrosion and role of chemistry behind the corrosion.
Demonstrate their ability to identify, formulate and solve corrosion based problems.
Have strong foundations in the designing of engineering products with corrosion protective mode.
Have strong foundations in the analytical part of corrosion science which give contextual
Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
Model
Examination
Semester End
Examination
25
25
20
30
100
25
25
20
30
100
15
25
20
40
100
15
25
20
40
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
What is corrosion?
What are the types of corrosion?
Define dry corrosion. Explain the mechanism.
Explain the mechanism of electrochemical corrosion.
What are the units to measure corrosion rate?
Galvanic corrosion. Discuss.
Describe the Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their limitations.
List out the different forms of corrosion. Explain.
What are inhibitors?
Explain the mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation and its types.
Write the working principle of Tafel polarization techniques.
How polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?
Define cathodic protection. List its types.
What are nonelectrochemical and electrochemical methods of corrosion testing and monitoring?
What is Tafel linear polarization?
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 264
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Explain why corrosion rate of metal is faster in aqueous solution than atmosphere air?
What are the factors influencing the corrosion rate? Explain.
Discuss the PillingBedworth rule.
Differentiate between electrochemical and dry corrosion.
How inhibitors are used to protect the corrosion rate of the metal? Explain.
What are consequences of PillingBedworth ratio?
List the difference between filliform corrosion and pitting corrosion.
Apply
1. Compare the effects of corrosion products.
2. Why pitting corrosion is localized corrosion? Explain.
3. Describe alternatives to protective coatings.
4. Identify different forms of corrosion in the metal surface.
5. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals.
6. What are the measures to be taken to reduce corrosion fatiques?
7. What are the major implications of enhanced techniques of corrosion product analysis?
Analyze/ Evaluate
1. List reasons why it is important to study of corrosion.
2. How Tafel polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?
3. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals?
Unit I
Introduction to Corrosion
Importance and cost of corrosion spontaneity of corrosion passivation  importance of corrosion
prevention in various industries  the direct and indirect loss of corrosion galvanic corrosion: area
relationship in both active and passive states of metals  Pilling Bed worth ratio and its consequences  units
of corrosion rate  mdd and mpy  importance of pitting factor  Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their
advantages and disadvantages .
Corrosion of metals by other gases.
9 Hours
Unit II
Forms of Corrosion
Different forms of corrosion  uniform corrosiongalvanic corrosion, crevice corrosion, pitting corrosion,
intergranular corrosion, selective leaching, erosion corrosion, stress corrosion high temperature oxidation,
kinetics of protective film formation and catastrophic oxidation corrosion.
Industrial boiler corrosion, cathodic and anodic inhibitors.
9 Hours
Unit III
Mechanisms of Corrosion
Hydrogen embrittlement cracking, corrosion fatigue  filliform corrosion, fretting damage and microbes
induced corrosion. Mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation  thick layer and thin layer  insitu
corrosion scale analysis.
Analyze the rust formation in mild steel using weight loss method.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Cathodic and Anodic Protection Engineering
Fundamentals of cathodic protection  types of cathodic protection systems and anodes. Life time
calculations  rectifier selection. Stray current corrosion problems and its prevention. Coating for various
cathodic protection system and their assessment inhibitors  corrosion of steels. Anodic protectionDesign
for corrosion control.
Role of paints and pigments to protect the corrosive environment
9 Hours
Unit V
Corrosion Testing and Monitoring
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 265
Zaki Ahmad, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control, Elsevier Science and
Technology Books, 2006.
R. Winstone Revie and Herbert H. Uhlig, Corrosion and Corrosion Control: An Introduction to
Corrosion Science and Engineering, John Wiley & Science, 2008.
Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2008.
References
1. ASM Hand Book, Vol. 13, Corrosion, ASM International, 2005.
2. Pierre R. Roberge, Hand Book of Corrosion Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.
3. Denny A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Corrosion, Prentice Hall Inc., 2004.
4. A.W. Peabody, Control of Pipeline Corrosion, NACE International, Houston, 2001.
ONE CREDIT COURSES
11A0XA HIGH TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTATION
   1.0
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understand principles of heat flux
measurements and their applications in aerospace.
To import knowledge on high temperature measurements.
To learn the knowledge on various types of sensors for high temperatures for use in propulsion
and other aerospace applications
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Measurement of different modes of heat flux
2. Improve the accuracy of results by calibrating sensors
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Test I
Test II
10
20
20
10
20
20
Model
Examination
10
20
20
Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 266
4
5
6
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
20
20
10
100
20
20
10
100
20
20
10
100
20
20
10
100
Remember
1. Define Heat flux.
2. What are the types of heat flux sensors.
3. State the importance of Flame Temperature measurements.
Understand
1. Give examples for thermocouples.
2. Explain the Sodium line reversal method.
3. Describe the importance of Spectroscopic methods.
Apply/Evaluate
1. Write major errors associated with high temperature measurements.
2. Explain Sodium line reversal method.
3. Illustrate the importance of thermocouple.
Introduction  importance of high temperature measurements in Aerospace industry Heat flux
measurement Types of heat flux sensors slug gauge, Gordon gauge, Thermopile and thin film gauges
calorimetric methods calibration of heat flux sensors using black body furnace.
Types of thermocouples and their calibration, combustion chamber temperature measurements using
refractory thermocouples surface temperature measurement techniques using thermo couples and
pyrometers optical, radiation, two colour and infrared pyrometers spectroscopic methods for flame
temperature measurement Sodium line reversal method, LDA etc. Total temperature measurements
recovery factor calibration major errors associated with high temperature measurements and estimation of
accuracies.
Total: 15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
J.P Hartnett et al, Advances in Heat Transfer, vol 23, Academic press, 1993, PP (279 368).
R.P. Benedict, Fundamentals of temperature, pressure and flow measurements, Third Edition,
(1984)
Reference
1.
   1.0
Objective(s)
To Learn Nontraditional Optimization techniques.
To develop the skill to apply the optimization techniques for real time mechanical engineering
problems.
Programme Outcome(s)
(bAn ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering principles to solve
aeronautical engineering problems.
(c)An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(j)An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different modes of optimization.
2. Analysis of the acceleration, velocity and displacement techniques.
3. Analysis of various neural network models.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 267
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
30
40
30
100
30
40
30
100
Model
Examination
30
40
30
100
Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
What is optimization?
Define mutation operators.
Discuss reanneling concept?
Understand
1.
2.
Create
1.
2.
References
1. James F. Kennedy, James Kennedy, Russell C. Eberhart and Yuhui Shi, Swarm intelligence, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers , 2001.
2. M. Mikki and Ahmed A. Kishk, Particle Swarm Optimization: a PhysicsBased Approach, Morgan &
Claypool, Jan 2008.
3. Mohamad H. Hassoun, Fundamentals of artificial neural networks, Phi Learning, 2010.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 268
To acquire the general knowledge to deliver consistently high quality and value added products and
services to the customer in a lean environment.
To understand the terminology relating to lean operations in both service and manufacturing
organizations.
Programme Outcome(s)
(j)
An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Improve the different modes and steps to develop mass product and also save the time.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
30
40
30
100
30
40
30
100
Model
Examination
30
40
30
100
Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
Understand
1. What are the effects of die exchange process?
2. Discuss the steps in process and product development?
3. What is reduction approaches?
Create
1. Develop an innovative methods and process for all products.
History Evolution  Toyota production system  Lean manufacturing overview  Work place organization Visual controls  Pull production and cellular manufacturing  Value flow pull  Value and perfection lean
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 269
Mapping the present Mapping the future  Product and process development Value stream analysis Over production  Waiting  Work In Progress  Transportation  Inappropriate processing  Excess motion or
ergonomic problems  Defected products  Underutilization of employees Just In Time  Kanban tooling  Total Productive Maintenance 5S  Single Minute Die Exchange  Lean six
sigma  Flow charting  Identifying and eliminating unnecessary steps  Setup time  reduction approaches Steps in implementing lean strategy Lean accounting system.
Total: 15 Hours
Text Book
1. Dennis P. Hobbs, Lean Manufacturing Implementation, J. Ross Publications, 2004.
References
1.
Jeffrey K. Liker, The Toyota Way 14 Management Principles, McGraw Hill, New York,
2004.
2.
Pascal Dennis, Lean Production Simplified, Productivity Press, USA, 2002.
3.
James P. Womack, Daniel T. Jones, Lean Thinking: Banish waste and create wealth in your
corporation, Simon & Schuster UK Limited, Free Press, 2003.
4.
Jay Arthur, Lean SixSigma Demystified, Tata McGrawHill Company, New Delhi, 2007.
11A0XD WIND TURBINE DESIGN AND TESTING
   1.0
Objective(s)
To build up necessary knowledge for understanding the basics of wind turbine
To understand the design and development of wind turbine blades and some its systems
To provide adequate knowledge of testing procedure involved in wind turbine
Programme Outcome(s)
(b). An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
and its allied fields.
Course Outcome(s)
To understand the flow physics involved the wind turbine systems
To learn the basic ideas involved the design and development of wind turbine systems
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
30
30
40
100
30
30
40
100
Model
Examination
30
30
40
100
Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100
Wind turbine Introduction, Developments & types with advantages & disadvantages, Wind turbine
general flow pattern, Blade profile selection and its comparison with conventional airfoil shape, Blade design,
Integration of blade system, Noise reduction, power control and efficiency of wind turbines, testing of wind
turbine blade.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 270
Text Book(s)
1. Martin O. L. Hansen, Aerodynamics of Wind Turbines 2nd Edition, Earth Scan Publications, 2013.
Reference(s)
1. Wei Tong, Wind Power Generation and Wind Turbine Design WIT Press, 2010.
2. David Wood, Small Wind Turbines: Analysis, Design, and Application, Springer Publications,
2011.
11A0XE REAL TIME INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS IN CFD
   1.0
Objective(s)
To understand the flow physics involved in the airflow over the aircrafts and vehicles
To understand the internal and external fluid flow behavior encountered by the aircraft and other land
based vehicles.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b). An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering and
its allied fields.
(f). An ability to use the internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages necessary
for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
To understand the physics involved in the internal and external fluid flow over the aircrafts and other
land based vehicles
To attain expertise in handling the commercial CFD packages for solving the fluid flow problem
involved in the industry
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
30
30
40
100
30
30
40
100
Model
Examination
30
30
40
100
Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100
Basic introduction of CFD & its real time industrial applications, 2D & 3D geometry creation using
commercial CFD packages, Theoretical introduction of Grid generation, Grid generation technique using
commercial CFD packages 2D & 3D, Solver techniques & its implementation, Turbulence Modeling, Preprocessing & Post processing techniques.
Text book(s)
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 271
1.
Reference books(s)
1. John Anderson, Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw Hill Publications, 2012.
2. John Wendt, Computational Fluid Dynamics: An Introduction (Von Karman Institute Book),
Springer Publications, 2009.
SPECIAL COURSES
11A0RA GAS TURBINE HEAT TRANSFER AND COOLING TECHNOLOGY
   3.0
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior
of Fluid, like, viscosity, density and, incompressible and compressible flow.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations along with
heat transfer and design considerations in engineering calculations
To learn fundamental calculations in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics and design.
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.
Programme Outcome(s)
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(h) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
(b) n ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental
data.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different modes of fluid mechanics.
2. Improve the fluid operating parameters.
3. Performance analysis equipment
4. Analysis of different forms of fluids.
S. No.
1
2
3
4
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Test I
Test II
10
20
20

10
20
20

Model
Examination
10
20
20

Semester End
Examination
10
20
20

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 272
5
6
Evaluate
Create
Total
Assessment Pattern
40
10
100
40
10
100
40
10
100
40
10
100
Remember
1. Define cooling.
2. What is meant by compounding of turbines?
3. Define nozzle efficiency.
4. What is meant by sub cooling?
5. What are the various types of nozzles and their functions?
6. Define numerical modeling.
7. Define film cooling effectiveness.
Understand
1. When will be the gas turbine cycle efficiency reaches maximum?
2. Mention any two methods in turbine heat transfer.
3. Mention any two methods in turbine cooling technology.
4. In what condition the film cooling needed in turbine.
5. How we can increase the film cooling effectiveness?
6. What we are understanding from the work numerical problem?
7. What are the main significance of ribbed channel heat transfer?
8. How the rotometer is useful to find the fluid flow?
Apply / Evaluate
1. A nozzle is to designed to expand steam at the rate of 0.1kg per sec from 500kpa, 210C to 100
kpa. Neglect inlet velocity of the steam. For nozzle efficiency of 0.9 determine the exit area of
the nozzle.
2. Find the percentage of work input by comprising air in two stages from 1 bar to 7 bar instead of
1 stage. Assume a compression index of 1.35 in both the cases and optimum pressure and
complete inter cooling in a two stage compressor.
Create
1.
Heat transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chamber, after burner and nozzle. Cooling techniques for
combustion chamber and nozzle. Turbine heat transfer turbine stage heat transfer, cascade vane blade
transfer, turbine rotor blade tip heat transfer. Turbine film cooling film on rotating turbine blades, film
cooling on airfoil end walls, turbine blade tip film cooling, leading edge region film cooling, film cooling
effectiveness. Turbine internal cooling jet impingement cooling. Numerical modeling turbulence
models, numerical prediction of problems in combustion chamber and nozzle.
Total: 15 Hours
References
1. AIAA Journal of Propulsion and Power.
2. AIAA Journal of Thermo physics and Heat Transfer.
3. ASME Journal of Heat Transfer.
11A0RB AIRCRAFT DESIGN APPROACH
   3.0
Objective(s)
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 273
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software
packages necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Knowledge of thermodynamics, aerodynamics, aircraft structures, aerospace problems
and Mathematics required.
2.
Interpretation of analytical, experimental and computational skills required.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total
Test I
Test II
30
40
30
100
40
40
20
100
Model
Examination
30
30
40
100
Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100
Remember
1. What are the factors to be considered for the design of aircraft?
2. List out the processes involved in the design of aircraft.
3. List down some of aircraft components and systems.
4. Draw the product life cycle of aircraft design approach.
Understand
1. How the design approach of an aircraft is differed with other products?
2. Why layout of systems is important for aircraft design approach?
3. What is the effect of fault and failure analysis?
Apply
1. Analyse the design phases of aircraft design approach.
2. Explain with an example of fault and failure analysis, cost analysis and airline economics for aircraft
design approach.
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 274
Definition and Concepts  Conceptual System Overview Project Design Phase ProgramPlanning and
Design Systems Design System Engineering Design Process  Aircraft components and systems.
Design Phases  Build, Test, Operate and Disposal. Phase. Systems Analysis Development of various
configurations, Operating Environment Compatibility with the Subsystems.
Factors affecting
compatibility Systems Evolution, Considerations and Integration of Aircraft Systems. Layout of Systems Systems Integration. Management of Systems. Systems and Components Analysis  Product Life Cycle Whole Life Cycle Influence, Economics, Design for Reliability  Fault and Failure Analysis  Cost analysis
Airline Economics Total: 15 Hours
References
1.
Peter. Sydenham , Systems Approach to Engineering, Artech house, Inc, London, 2004.
2.
Aslaksen, Erik and Rod Belcher, Systems Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1992.
3.
Daniel P. Raymer, Aircraft Design: A conceptual Approach, AIAA Education Series, 1999.
4.
Allan G. Seabridge and Ian Moir, Design and Development of Aircraft Systems: An Introduction ,
AIAA Education Series, 2004.
5. Andrew P. Sage, James E., Jr. Armstrong, Introduction to Systems Engineering, Wiley Series in
Systems Engineering and Management, 2000
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(b) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(c) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Knowledge of thermodynamics, aerospace problems and mathematics required
2. Understanding of entropy
3. Interpretation of analytical, experimental and computational skills required.
4. Numerical problem solving skills required.
S. No.
1
2
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Test I
Test II
10
20
10
20
Model
Examination
10
20
Semester End
Examination
10
20
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 275
3
4
5
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Assessment Pattern
60
10
100
60
10
100
60
10
100
60
10
100
Remember
1. Explain the concept of ablation cooling.
2. Discuss on the topic of Ballistic entry and lifting entry.
3. What are the primary factors that are essential for designing a reentry vehicle?
4. Derive the lifting trajectory with time t as the variable of integration.
5. Explain the effect of hypersonic flow during the reentry of the space shuttle.
6. What are the different types of space shuttle heating?
7. Derive the lift drag equation for reentry vehicles.
8. What do you mean by reentry interface?
9. Describe the reentry flight maneuvers.
10. What are the critical system failures due to the reentry heat transfer?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Derive the six degrees of freedom equation for space shuttle reentry.
Explain the flight control and guidance failures during reentry
Discuss on the design of insulation system for reentry vehicles
What are the materials suitable for the construction of reentry vehicles?
Describe the laser Doppler anemometry.
What are the different protection systems for reentry vehicle?
What are the radiation shape factors and why are they used?
What is the function of insulating materials?
Explain the aerodynamic heating of the reentry vehicle
What is a diffuse surface?
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
Create
1. Solve distributed parameter transient heat transfer problems.
Introduction to hypersonic flows laminar and turbulent boundary layers with ablation aerodynamic
heating, skin friction for hypersonic flow conditions, hypersonic boundary shear layer transition. High
temperature materials super alloys, inter metallics, ceramics, composites, carbon carbon, ceramic matrix
composites, protective coatings. Thermal protection system design computation of thermal loads, selection
of composite materials, and design of insulation system using char ablation model. Reentry
instrumentation heat flux and temperature measurements, laser doppler anemometry. Simulation, testing
and performance evaluation of thermal protection materials using plasma jet/plasma tunnels. Performance
evaluation based on heat of ablation and erosion rate measurements.
Total: 15 Hours
References
1. AIAA Journal of Thermo physics and Heat Transfer.
2. Journal of spacecrafts and Rockets.
3.
High temperatures High pressures, Peragamon press.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 276
3.
4.
5.
E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore, 2008.
6.
C. Ray Wylie and Louis. C. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw
HillPublications, 2003.
7.
8.
T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi, 2008.
9.
P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Numerical Methods, S.Chand and Co. New
Delhi,2009.
11AE02 AERODYNAMICS
Basic Fluid Mechanics: Incompressible irrotational flow, Helmholtz and Kelvin theorem, singularities and
superposition, viscous flows, boundary layer on a flat plate.
Airfoils and wings: Classification of airfoils, aerodynamic characteristics, high lift devices, Kutta
Joukowski theorem; lift generation; thin airfoil theory; wing theory; induced drag; qualitative treatment of
low aspect ratio wings.
Viscous Flows: Flow separation, introduction to turbulence, transition, structure of a turbulent boundary
layer.
Compressible Flows: Dynamics and Thermodynamics of ID flow, isentropic flow, normal shock, oblique
shock, PrandtlMeyer flow, flow in nozzles and diffusers, inviscid flow in a cd nozzle, flow in diffusers.
subsonic and supersonic airfoils, compressibility effects on lift and drag, critical and drag divergence Mach
number, wave drag.
Wind Tunnel Testing: Measurement and visualisation techniques.
20 Hours
References
1. S. K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to fluid mechanics and fluid machines, 2nd Edition,
TataMcGrawHill, 2008.
2. F. M. White, Fluid Mechanics,5th Edition, Tata McGrawHill, , New Delhi, 2003.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 277
3.
4.
Atmosphere: Properties, standard atmosphere. Classification of aircraft. Airplane (fixed wing aircraft)
configuration and various parts.
Airplane performance: Pressure altitude; equivalent, calibrated, indicated air speeds; Primary flight
instruments: Altimeter, ASI, VSI, Turnbank indicator. Drag polar; take off and landing; steady climb &
descent,absolute and service ceiling; cruise, cruise climb, endurance or loiter; load factor, turning flight, Vn diagram; Winds: head, tail & cross winds.
Static stability: Angle of attack, sideslip; roll, pitch & yaw controls; longitudinal stick fixed & free stability,
horizontal tail position and size; directional stability, vertical tail position and size; dihedral stability. Wing
dihedral, sweep & position; hinge moments, stick forces.
Dynamic stability: Euler angles; Equations of motion; aerodynamic forces and moments, stability & control
derivatives; decoupling of longitudinal and latdirectional dynamics; longitudinal modes; lateraldirectional
modes.
Space dynamics: Central force motion, determination of trajectory and orbital period in simple cases. Orbit
transfer, inplane and outofplane. Elements of rocket motor performance.
20 Hours
References
1. C.D. Perkins and R. E. Hage, Airplane Performance stability and Control, John Wiley & Son, Inc,
NewYork, 1988.
2. B. Etkin, Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control, Edn. 2, John Wiley, New York, 1982.
3. A. W. Babister, Aircraft Dynamic Stability and Response, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1980.
4. D. O. Dommasch, S. S. Shelby and T. F. Connolly, Aeroplane Aero dynamics, Third Edition, Issac
Pitman,London, 1981.
5. R. C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill BookCo.1998.
6. Cornelisse, J.W., Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamic, W.H. Freeman & Co., 1984.
7. Sutton, G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley, 1993.
8. Van de Kamp, P., Elements of Astromechanics, Pitman, 1979.
9. Parker E.R., Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft, McGrawHill Book Co. Inc., 1982.
11AE04 STRUCTURES AND PROPULSION
Stress and Strain: Equations of equilibrium, constitutive law, straindisplacement relationship,
compatibility equations, plane stress and strain, Airys stress function.
Flight Vehicle Structures: Characteristics of aircraft structures and materials, torsion, bending and flexural
shear. Flexural shear flow in thinwalled sections. Buckling. Failure theories. Loads on aircraft.
Structural Dynamics: Free and forced vibration of discrete systems. Damping and resonance. Dynamics of
continuous systems.
Propulsion: Thermodynamics of Aircraft Gas Turbine engines, thrust and thrust augmentation.
Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.  Regulation 2011 278
Turbo machinery: Axial compressors and turbines, centrifugal pumps and compressors.
Aerothermodynamics of non rotating propulsion components: Intakes, combustor and nozzle.
Thermodynamics of ramjets and scramjets. Elements of rocket propulsion.
20 Hours
References
1. R. K. Rajput Strength of Materials (Mechanics of Solids), S. Chand & Co, 2009.
2. S. Timoshenko and D. H.Young, Elements of strength Materials, Vol. I and Vol. II, T. Van No
StrandCoInc Princeton N.J. 1990.
3. B. K. Donaldson, Analysis of Aircraft Structures An Introduction, McGrawHill, 2005.
4. T. M. G. Megson, Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students, Edward Arnold, 1995.
5. D. J. Peery and J. J. Azar, Aircraft Structures, McGrawHill, 1993.
6. E. H. Bruhn, Analysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structures, Tri state off set company, 1985.
7. R. M. Rivello, Theory and Analysis of Flight Structures, McGrawHill, 1993.
8. P.G. Hill and C.R. Peterson, Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Addison
WesleyLongman INC, 1999.
9. H. Cohen, G. F. C. Rogers and H. I. H. Saravanamuttoo, Gas Turbine Theory, Longman, 1989.